Compare commits
No commits in common. "ceb13315ad67ab22fd84a9be3d69cfa5bc277c2d" and "ed8955872d99e2e2530b3a5850dce90b0fdbdea6" have entirely different histories.
ceb13315ad
...
ed8955872d
44 changed files with 302 additions and 972 deletions
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,10 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
name: graphics
|
name: graphics
|
||||||
description: >-
|
description: >-
|
||||||
CI Server R1.05 operator graphics for the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display
|
CI Server R1.03 operator graphics for the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display
|
||||||
(web): displays, symbols, layouts. Use when the
|
(web): displays, symbols, layouts. Use when the
|
||||||
user wants to create or change a display or symbol in the Edit Module (number field, text,
|
user wants to create or change a display or symbol in the Edit Module (number field, text,
|
||||||
alarm overview, trend, buttons, actions, parameters, connecting a component to an item,
|
alarm overview, trend, buttons, actions, parameters, connecting a component to an item),
|
||||||
Generic Functions such as Password Check or RDP Connect, custom alarm acknowledgement with
|
|
||||||
reason and approver, web browser component),
|
|
||||||
deploy or remove display files, export displays to HTML / Mobile Operator, open a display in a
|
deploy or remove display files, export displays to HTML / Mobile Operator, open a display in a
|
||||||
web browser (localhost:8080/mobileoperator), validate, search or unlock displays (jwuiutl,
|
web browser (localhost:8080/mobileoperator), validate, search or unlock displays (jwuiutl,
|
||||||
.lck files), find where displays, symbols and layouts are stored (DEPLOY folder,
|
.lck files), find where displays, symbols and layouts are stored (DEPLOY folder,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -17,23 +15,7 @@ description: >-
|
||||||
IM 36K10C50-01EN, IM 36K10R30-01EN, IM 36K10C60-01EN and the installed Layouts.readme.
|
IM 36K10C50-01EN, IM 36K10R30-01EN, IM 36K10C60-01EN and the installed Layouts.readme.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Graphics: displays, symbols, layouts (R1.05)
|
# Graphics: displays, symbols, layouts (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Re-checked for R1.05 on 2026-10-08 against the R1.05 manuals (C50 5th ed., R30 4th ed., C60
|
|
||||||
5th ed., Feb. 2026; full text diff against R1.03). Everything practiced in the tasks was
|
|
||||||
practiced on **R1.03**; the read-only file comparison on the R1.05 test server could not be run
|
|
||||||
yet (awaiting user verification, see the C50/R30 summaries). What changed in R1.04/R1.05:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- *Calculation/Function* component renamed **Generic Functions** (C50 §2.31); new operations
|
|
||||||
**Password Check** (R1.04) and **RDP Connect** (R1.05, installed script `tls\com\connectrdp.cmd`).
|
|
||||||
- Alarm overview: **custom acknowledgement** with reason and approver in the audit trail
|
|
||||||
(C50 §2.22, §4.12); *Update item/parameter* actions can record reason and approver.
|
|
||||||
- Web browser component (§2.33) uses a different browser engine in R1.05 (other codecs, new
|
|
||||||
security properties): embedded media made for R1.04 or earlier may not play.
|
|
||||||
- HTML display: Enterprise displays are no longer excluded (R30 §4.7/4.8/4.10, C50 §1.7);
|
|
||||||
HIS-TSE connections are not supported on the web.
|
|
||||||
- Paths: on the R1.05 test server program and data share one root (`C:\Yokogawa\CIServer`);
|
|
||||||
always use `%TLS_WAP_PATH%` instead of the R1.03 path `C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\wap`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (Edit Module, components, sheets, symbols,
|
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (Edit Module, components, sheets, symbols,
|
||||||
`jwuiutl`, display file contents), `IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (folders, layouts, dataset forms, HTML
|
`jwuiutl`, display file contents), `IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (folders, layouts, dataset forms, HTML
|
||||||
|
|
@ -48,7 +30,6 @@ Rules:
|
||||||
Reloading the browser page logs out — use the display menu *View > Reload*, and the display
|
Reloading the browser page logs out — use the display menu *View > Reload*, and the display
|
||||||
box to open other displays.
|
box to open other displays.
|
||||||
- `jwuiutl -vf`, `-u`, `-c`, `-a` rewrite or unlock files of **all** displays: only with approval.
|
- `jwuiutl -vf`, `-u`, `-c`, `-a` rewrite or unlock files of **all** displays: only with approval.
|
||||||
`-v` also re-saves the displays it validates (`tasks/deploy-displays.md` §2).
|
|
||||||
- Ask the user to close the Edit Module before CI Server is stopped or restarted: otherwise the
|
- Ask the user to close the Edit Module before CI Server is stopped or restarted: otherwise the
|
||||||
next start fails (skill `system-check`, §3).
|
next start fails (skill `system-check`, §3).
|
||||||
- The Operator Interface (desktop) reads `Layouts.xml` only at start: after layout changes,
|
- The Operator Interface (desktop) reads `Layouts.xml` only at start: after layout changes,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -56,13 +37,12 @@ Rules:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Task | File | Status |
|
| Task | File | Status |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| Build a display in the Edit Module (text, number field, alarm overview, trend) and check the saved XML | `tasks/create-display.md` | verified on R1.03; R1.05 from docs (component changes listed in §R1.05) |
|
| Build a display in the Edit Module (text, number field, alarm overview, trend) and check the saved XML | `tasks/create-display.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Write display XML directly / with the sample generator (text size, rounding, arc angles, item attributes for the web, server-side command, alarm overview columns) | `tasks/create-display.md` (*Writing display XML directly*), `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/displays/generator/` | verified on R1.03 2026-10-06; not re-tested on R1.05 (no displays may be deployed on the shared test server) |
|
| Write display XML directly / with the sample generator (text size, rounding, arc angles, item attributes for the web, server-side command, alarm overview columns) | `tasks/create-display.md` (*Writing display XML directly*), `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/displays/generator/` | verified 2026-10-06 |
|
||||||
| Generic Functions (Password Check, RDP Connect), custom alarm acknowledgement with reason/approver, web browser component security properties | `tasks/create-display.md` §R1.05, C50 summary §3–4 | from docs (R1.05) |
|
| Deploy / remove display files, export HTML, validate and search with `jwuiutl` | `tasks/deploy-displays.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Deploy / remove display files, export HTML, validate and search with `jwuiutl` | `tasks/deploy-displays.md` | verified on R1.03; R1.05 option list awaiting user verification |
|
| Trend: pen sources (history group, aggregates), every pen and chart setting, desktop vs HTML display, 50-pen web workaround (`add_trend_spares.ps1`), Micro Trend | `tasks/trend.md` | verified (desktop); web workaround verified; Micro Trend open (ISS-055) |
|
||||||
| Trend: pen sources (history group, aggregates), every pen and chart setting, desktop vs HTML display, 50-pen web workaround (`add_trend_spares.ps1`), Micro Trend | `tasks/trend.md` | verified on R1.03 (desktop); web workaround verified on R1.03, not re-tested on R1.05; Micro Trend open (ISS-055) |
|
| Open and check a display in the browser (HTML display / Mobile Operator) | `tasks/deploy-displays.md` §4 | verified |
|
||||||
| Open and check a display in the browser (HTML display / Mobile Operator) | `tasks/deploy-displays.md` §4 | verified on R1.03 |
|
| Operator layouts (`Layouts.xml`): windows, menus, toolbars, frames, popups, kiosk screens; open displays in frames and layouts; every parameter and command, desktop vs web (§6) | `tasks/layouts.md` | verified (per-user layout 2026-10-06; dual screen from docs) |
|
||||||
| Operator layouts (`Layouts.xml`): windows, menus, toolbars, frames, popups, kiosk screens; open displays in frames and layouts; every parameter and command, desktop vs web (§6) | `tasks/layouts.md` | verified on R1.03 (per-user layout 2026-10-06; dual screen from docs); R30 ch. 1 unchanged in R1.05; installed `Layouts.readme` awaiting user verification |
|
| Dataset forms (`*Dia.xml`) and the form description language | R30 summary §3 | from docs |
|
||||||
| Dataset forms (`*Dia.xml`) and the form description language | R30 summary §3 | from docs (unchanged in R1.05) |
|
|
||||||
| Symbols, parameters, actions, localisation, record/playback | C50 summary §1, §4, §5 | from docs |
|
| Symbols, parameters, actions, localisation, record/playback | C50 summary §1, §4, §5 | from docs |
|
||||||
| AOG library (styles, symbols, faceplates, templates, OPC UA method displays) | C60 summary | from docs |
|
| AOG library (styles, symbols, faceplates, templates) | C60 summary | from docs |
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Build a display in the Edit Module and check the saved file
|
task: Build a display in the Edit Module and check the saved file
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN (R1.03 3rd ed. Sep. 2023; R1.05 5th ed. Feb. 2026) §1.2, §1.7, §2, §2.22, §2.25, §2.31–2.33, §4.8.1, §4.12; practiced on CI-Eng-Sample (display CIENG_Tank) 2026-10-01; display XML written by the sample generator and checked on desktop and web 2026-10-02 to 2026-10-06 (installed web client code, component definitions in DEPLOY\components)
|
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN §1.2, §1.7, §2, §4.8.1; practiced on CI-Eng-Sample (display CIENG_Tank) 2026-10-01; display XML written by the sample generator and checked on desktop and web 2026-10-02 to 2026-10-06 (installed web client code, component definitions in DEPLOY\components)
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (Edit Module steps, saved XML, generator rules). R1.05: manual re-checked 2026-10-08 (section R1.05 below, from docs); not re-tested on the R1.05 test server (shared server, no displays may be deployed; component list comparison awaiting user verification)
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Build a display (Edit Module)
|
# Build a display (Edit Module)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -71,22 +71,6 @@ Module, the Operator Interface and the HTML display, if these rules are kept (sa
|
||||||
| Server-side command | `<action type="actionExecuteCommand">` with `<command>` and `<onServer>true</onServer>` runs on the CI Server node as the service account `CIX_PROCESS`, also from the web; a user in the factory group `OPERATOR` may use it (tested 2026-10-06, sample live-data *Start*) |
|
| Server-side command | `<action type="actionExecuteCommand">` with `<command>` and `<onServer>true</onServer>` runs on the CI Server node as the service account `CIX_PROCESS`, also from the web; a user in the factory group `OPERATOR` may use it (tested 2026-10-06, sample live-data *Start*) |
|
||||||
| Alarm overview | `autoFit` true in a tab that is hidden while loading squeezes all columns to ~0 px on the web: set `autoFit` false and give `column<Name>Width`; `column…Visible` for `AlarmAttribute` is an array property (a plain value fails the HTML export with `ClassCastException`); the empty part of the list stays **white** on both clients (no property; web: `jquery.dataTables.css` forces it); web rows are 20 px at a 14 px font (2026-10-02/06) |
|
| Alarm overview | `autoFit` true in a tab that is hidden while loading squeezes all columns to ~0 px on the web: set `autoFit` false and give `column<Name>Width`; `column…Visible` for `AlarmAttribute` is an array property (a plain value fails the HTML export with `ClassCastException`); the empty part of the list stays **white** on both clients (no property; web: `jquery.dataTables.css` forces it); web rows are 20 px at a 14 px font (2026-10-02/06) |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05: component changes since R1.03 (from docs, IM 36K10C50-01EN 5th ed.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Component / sheet | Change (version) |
|
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|
||||||
| *Calculation/Function* → **Generic Functions** (§2.31) | Renamed (R1.05 manual). Timing now documented: *Date and Time* runs every 200 ms; other operations check their inputs every 100 ms and run on a change, and also when the display is loaded or reloaded. |
|
|
||||||
| Generic Functions: **Password Check** (R1.04) | Inputs T[I1] user name, T[I2] password; B[O] TRUE and T[O] = user name if the pair is valid, else FALSE and the DSS error text (e.g. `DSS-E-UNK_USER`). Needs the login method *Manual CI Server* or *Manual OS* for the Password Check function in `dssana.sup` (*Login control* tab; skill `authorization`). Not tested. |
|
|
||||||
| Generic Functions: **RDP Connect** (R1.05) | When triggered, writes an `.rdp` file and starts a Remote Desktop session to T[I1] (host or IP). Optional T[I2] RemoteApp alias/program, T[I3] RemoteApp command line, T[I4] RD Gateway (`host[:port]`, default 443). T[O] receives the generated file name. Installed helper: `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\com\connectrdp.cmd`. Not tested (needs a remote desktop target). |
|
|
||||||
| JavaScript Function (§2.32) | Wording: inputs checked every 100 ms, script runs on a change and also when the display is loaded/reloaded (R1.03 text implied no run at load). |
|
|
||||||
| Alarm overview (§2.22, R1.04/R1.05) | New *[Acknowledgement]* properties: **Use Custom Acknowledgement** (acknowledge from a user-made window instead of the overview) enables *Acknowledge Event*, *Acknowledged Alarm*, *Acknowledged Alarm Text*, *Acknowledged Alarm Time*; *Selected Alarm Key*; *[External Acknowledgement]* (*Alarm Key*, *Approver*, *Reason*, *Trigger*); *[Enterprise Alarm Locations]* for enterprise displays. |
|
|
||||||
| Actions sheet (§4.12, R1.04) | *Update item/parameter* on an item, object signal or parameter can carry **Reason** (≤ 256 chars) and **Approver** (≤ 128 chars); they land in `AUDIT_TRAIL` fields `APPROVAL_REASON` / `APPROVER` (skill `audit-trail`). Two documented recipes for alarm acknowledgement with reason/approver: via an item parameter (attribute *Acknowledged* = 1, item alarms only) or via the overview's *External Acknowledgement* properties (item and external alarms). Not tested. |
|
|
||||||
| Dataset tables (§2.25, R1.05) | Column **Icon**, *Icon filter* (`<v>`, `!<v>`, `&<v>` bit test), *Icon tooltip*; *Operator can use column sorters*; *Operator can select row(s)* / *multiple rows*; *[Enterprise Dataset Locations]*; enterprise location supported on the HTML display. |
|
|
||||||
| Report (§2.26, R1.05) | New *[Enterprise]* category (primary / secondary data location). |
|
|
||||||
| Web Browser (§2.33, R1.05) | New browser engine: protocols WebRTC, HTTPS, WebSocket, HTTP/2, HTTP/3; codecs VP8, VP9, WebM, Opus, Vorbis, PCM. Content that played on R1.04 or earlier may not play after the upgrade. Right-click menu; new properties *Go Home/Stop/Reload*, *[Printing]*, *[Status]*, *[Security]* (*Enable Microphone/Camera*, *Allow Insecure Certificates*, *Allow Local file access*). Local files for CI Mobile View must be placed under `%TLS_ALLUSERS_PATH%\wap` and opened by URL. |
|
|
||||||
| Display generator (§2.36) | The note "not supported on HTML displays" was removed in the R1.05 manual; R30 §4.8 does not list it. Treat web support as unconfirmed. |
|
|
||||||
| `jwuiutl -m` / `-M` (§1.5) | Output now described as space-separated (R1.03 manual: CSV). On R1.03 `-m` printed comma-separated lines (verified); R1.05 output not checked (ISS-094). |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (CIENG_Tank, 2026-10-01)
|
## Verified (CIENG_Tank, 2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Text `CI-Eng-Sample Tank 1`, number field on `TANK1.LEVEL` (live: 72 → 61), alarm overview
|
Text `CI-Eng-Sample Tank 1`, number field on `TANK1.LEVEL` (live: 72 → 61), alarm overview
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,18 +1,14 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Deploy, remove, export, validate and search displays; open them in the browser
|
task: Deploy, remove, export, validate and search displays; open them in the browser
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN §1.5 (R1.05 5th ed. Feb. 2026); IM 36K10R30-01EN §1.1, §4 (R1.05 4th ed. Feb. 2026); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01; sample operator HMI (8 displays) and validate test 2026-10-06
|
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN §1.5; IM 36K10R30-01EN §1.1, §4; practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01; sample operator HMI (8 displays) and validate test 2026-10-06
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03. R1.05: manuals re-checked 2026-10-08 (jwuiutl options and HTML export unchanged except the search output wording); not re-tested on the R1.05 test server (shared server: no deploy, validate or export allowed); `jwuiutl --help` and the deploy folder structure there awaiting user verification
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Deploy and check displays
|
# Deploy and check displays
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On R1.03 no admin rights were needed (`C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\wap`). On the R1.05 test
|
No admin rights needed (`C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\wap`). `jwuiutl.cmd` is in `tls\com`
|
||||||
server the data root is `C:\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls`: use `%TLS_WAP_PATH%` and check write access
|
(on `PATH`); call it through `cmd` (`cmd /c "jwuiutl.cmd …"`).
|
||||||
before deploying. `jwuiutl.cmd` is in `tls\com` (on `PATH`); call it through `cmd`
|
|
||||||
(`cmd /c "jwuiutl.cmd …"`). `jwuiutl.cmd --help` prints the option list (read-only; R1.03 help
|
|
||||||
text matches the C50 summary §2, but says `-o` defaults to the current directory, whereas the
|
|
||||||
export without `-o` wrote into `mobileoperator\operatorInterfaces\<deployment>` — verified R1.03).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. Deploy / remove (sample scripts)
|
## 1. Deploy / remove (sample scripts)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -52,8 +48,7 @@ attributes - same content). Run it on copies, or redeploy the source files after
|
||||||
cmd /c "jwuiutl.cmd -d -m <term> > <scratch>\match.txt 2>&1"
|
cmd /c "jwuiutl.cmd -d -m <term> > <scratch>\match.txt 2>&1"
|
||||||
```
|
```
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CSV `Type, File, Component` per match (R1.03; the R1.05 manual describes the output as
|
CSV `Type, File, Component` per match; `-M` adds actions and properties. Use it before deleting
|
||||||
space-separated, not checked, ISS-094); `-M` adds actions and properties. Use it before deleting
|
|
||||||
or renaming items to find the displays that use them.
|
or renaming items to find the displays that use them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 4. Open in the browser (HTML display)
|
## 4. Open in the browser (HTML display)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -64,12 +59,6 @@ line). To switch displays type the name in the display box and press Enter. To r
|
||||||
display menu **View > Reload** (keeps the session) — **reloading the browser page ends the
|
display menu **View > Reload** (keeps the session) — **reloading the browser page ends the
|
||||||
session** and needs a new login. Check live values by writing a test value (`itmval -p`, test items only).
|
session** and needs a new login. Check live values by writing a test value (`itmval -p`, test items only).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05 manual (IM 36K10R30-01EN §4.10, from docs): the restrictions "no automatic reconnect
|
|
||||||
after a disconnect" (reliable socket) and "no HTML export from CI View (Edit Module over Remote
|
|
||||||
Connect)" are no longer listed; enterprise displays and enterprise user-profile settings are no
|
|
||||||
longer excluded; new: HIS-TSE connections are not supported in the HTML display. Not tested on
|
|
||||||
R1.05 (ISS-093).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (2026-10-01)
|
## Verified (2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Remove → deploy recreated both files; `-e HTML` output identical to the Edit Module's HTML;
|
Remove → deploy recreated both files; `-e HTML` output identical to the Edit Module's HTML;
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Configure operator layouts (Layouts.xml): windows, menus, toolbars, frames, popups; open displays in frames and layouts
|
task: Configure operator layouts (Layouts.xml): windows, menus, toolbars, frames, popups; open displays in frames and layouts
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: Layouts.readme (installed, %TLS_WAP_PATH%\cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\layouts; R1.03 copy); IM 36K10R30-01EN §1, §4.4, §4.7 (R1.05 4th ed. Feb. 2026); IM 36K10C50-01EN §4.12; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample (layout CIENG_Operator) in the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display 2026-10-01; parameter-by-parameter test (§6) on both clients 2026-10-02, web behaviour also read from the installed web client code (mobileoperator fasttools.min.js); sample operator HMI (layouts CIENG_Operator with a tab set and CIENG_Popup, user CIENG) and test layouts on both clients 2026-10-06
|
source: Layouts.readme (installed, %TLS_WAP_PATH%\cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\layouts); IM 36K10R30-01EN §1, §4.7; IM 36K10C50-01EN §4.12; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample (layout CIENG_Operator) in the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display 2026-10-01; parameter-by-parameter test (§6) on both clients 2026-10-02, web behaviour also read from the installed web client code (mobileoperator fasttools.min.js); sample operator HMI (layouts CIENG_Operator with a tab set and CIENG_Popup, user CIENG) and test layouts on both clients 2026-10-06
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (parameters tested on desktop and web 2026-10-02 except print orientation/margins, playback, multi-screen positions and the maximumTabs limit for new tabs). R1.05: R30 ch. 1 (layouts) unchanged apart from wording (re-checked 2026-10-08, from docs); the installed R1.05 `Layouts.readme` / `Layouts-original.xml` and the web client were not compared yet (awaiting user verification, ISS-092); no layout may be changed on the shared R1.05 test server
|
status: verified (parameters tested on desktop and web 2026-10-02 except print orientation/margins, playback, multi-screen positions and the maximumTabs limit for new tabs)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Operator layouts
|
# Operator layouts
|
||||||
|
|
@ -123,10 +123,7 @@ open as windows inside the page; print, look-and-feel and the debug key are not
|
||||||
the layout with `&l=`, or let the user profile choose it (§3). Verified 2026-10-06:
|
the layout with `&l=`, or let the user profile choose it (§3). Verified 2026-10-06:
|
||||||
`?l=CIENG_Operator` (and a plain logon as `CIENG`) showed the sample menu, navigation toolbar,
|
`?l=CIENG_Operator` (and a plain logon as `CIENG`) showed the sample menu, navigation toolbar,
|
||||||
header, tab set and banner. The web client does not zoom displays (§6.1), so size them for the
|
header, tab set and banner. The web client does not zoom displays (§6.1), so size them for the
|
||||||
browser window. The manual agrees: IM 36K10R30-01EN §4.4 (R1.03 and R1.05) marks the profile's
|
browser window.
|
||||||
*Layout* as supported on the HTML display; the earlier reading "layout not" came from a garbled
|
|
||||||
text extraction of that table (ISS-074, ISS-095). In R1.05 the *Enterprise* profile settings are
|
|
||||||
also marked supported on the web.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 6. Parameter reference: desktop vs web (tested 2026-10-02)
|
## 6. Parameter reference: desktop vs web (tested 2026-10-02)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Configure a trend (chart) component; what each setting does on the desktop and in the HTML display
|
task: Configure a trend (chart) component; what each setting does on the desktop and in the HTML display
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN §2.27 (Trend, Tables 2.27-10…28), §2.29 (Micro Trend) (R1.05 5th ed. Feb. 2026); IM 36K10R30-01EN §4.8.7 (R1.05 4th ed. Feb. 2026); installed web client code (`%TLS_WAP_PATH%\mobileoperator\src\fasttools\ui\components\implementation\charts\`); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample (display CIENG_TrendLab, removed 2026-10-06) 2026-10-02; sample trends CIENG_Trends / CIENG_TankFaceplate and a test display on both clients 2026-10-06
|
source: IM 36K10C50-01EN §2.27 (Trend, Tables 2.27-10…28), §2.29 (Micro Trend); IM 36K10R30-01EN §4.8.7; installed web client code (`%TLS_WAP_PATH%\mobileoperator\src\fasttools\ui\components\implementation\charts\`); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample (display CIENG_TrendLab, removed 2026-10-06) 2026-10-02; sample trends CIENG_Trends / CIENG_TankFaceplate and a test display on both clients 2026-10-06
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (desktop Operator Interface: every row marked ✅/❌ below; HTML display: §6). R1.05: manuals re-checked 2026-10-08 — §2.27/2.29 unchanged except the trend's *Enterprise* property, now marked supported on the HTML display (from docs). Not re-tested on R1.05; whether the 50-pen web problem (ISS-041) still exists in the R1.05 web client is awaiting user verification (ISS-096)
|
status: verified (desktop Operator Interface: every row marked ✅/❌ below; HTML display: §6)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Trend settings (desktop and web)
|
# Trend settings (desktop and web)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -116,8 +116,7 @@ rotation, zoom. Outputs (⇨): *Hairline value[n]*, *Time range begin/end*, *Upd
|
||||||
- **A trend with fewer than 50 visible pens with an item draws no line** in R1.03 (ISS-041):
|
- **A trend with fewer than 50 visible pens with an item draws no line** in R1.03 (ISS-041):
|
||||||
the web code always builds 50 data columns (`PEN_COUNT_LIMIT`) but labels only the visible
|
the web code always builds 50 data columns (`PEN_COUNT_LIMIT`) but labels only the visible
|
||||||
pens with an item; console `Mismatch between number of labels (…) and number of columns in
|
pens with an item; console `Mismatch between number of labels (…) and number of columns in
|
||||||
array (51)`. The desktop is not affected. R1.05: not checked yet (ISS-096); the padding
|
array (51)`. The desktop is not affected.
|
||||||
workaround is harmless, so keep it until the R1.05 web client is checked.
|
|
||||||
- **Workaround** (verified 2026-10-02): pad the trend to 50 pens with
|
- **Workaround** (verified 2026-10-02): pad the trend to 50 pens with
|
||||||
`displays/add_trend_spares.ps1 -Path <display>.xml`. Spares copy the first pen's source,
|
`displays/add_trend_spares.ps1 -Path <display>.xml`. Spares copy the first pen's source,
|
||||||
are scaled to 1E30–2E30 (clipped), hidden from the legend and get blank unique legend texts
|
are scaled to 1E30–2E30 (clipped), hidden from the legend and get blank unique legend texts
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +1,19 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
name: history-management
|
name: history-management
|
||||||
description: >-
|
description: >-
|
||||||
CI Server R1.05 HISTORY Service and item history. Use when the user wants to store item values
|
CI Server R1.03 HISTORY Service and item history. Use when the user wants to store item values
|
||||||
in history (item storage group, storage group item, Scan/Time, Event/Item, Event/Event,
|
in history (item storage group, storage group item, Scan/Time, Event/Item, Event/Event,
|
||||||
Direct, scan interval, averaging, quality codes, priority), set rollover interval, life time
|
Direct, scan interval, averaging, quality codes, priority), set rollover interval, life time
|
||||||
or retention of history, use aggregation (30 minutes, hourly, shift, daily, weekly, monthly,
|
or retention of history, use aggregation (30 minutes, hourly, shift, daily, weekly, monthly,
|
||||||
yearly maximum / minimum / average / integral / standard deviation / counter / differential
|
yearly maximum / minimum / average / integral / standard deviation / counter / differential
|
||||||
summation, ithsag.sup, completion notification), read history (ITEM_HISTORY, GROUP_NAME,
|
summation, ithsag.sup, completion notification), read history (ITEM_HISTORY, GROUP_NAME,
|
||||||
INTERPOLATION, ATTRIBUTE; from applications via ODBC, .NET API, RESTful API or pyTOOLS),
|
INTERPOLATION, ATTRIBUTE), load history from CSV (ithloahis), force a rollover, check storage
|
||||||
load history from CSV (ithloahis), force a rollover, check storage groups and units (hisdbg, his_units, history files h*.his), repair or recover history
|
groups and units (hisdbg, his_units, history files h*.his), repair or recover history
|
||||||
(hisrep, hisrecover), or archive and retrieve history (has.sup, hasman, hasdbg, tape, DVD,
|
(hisrep, hisrecover), or archive and retrieve history (has.sup, hasman, hasdbg, tape, DVD,
|
||||||
disk archive). Sources IM 36K10L20-01EN, IM 36K10C40-01EN, IM 36K10L35-01EN.
|
disk archive). Sources IM 36K10L20-01EN, IM 36K10C40-01EN, IM 36K10L35-01EN.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# History management (R1.05; first written for R1.03)
|
# History management (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Re-checked for R1.05 on 2026-10-08 (read-only): the three manuals have no content change except
|
|
||||||
IM 36K10C40 §4.2 (R1.04), which now lists the RESTful API and pyTOOLS for reading history from
|
|
||||||
applications and drops the C API. The history setup files (`has.sup`, `his*.sup`, `ith*.sup`
|
|
||||||
incl. `ithsag.sup`) and the dataset definitions `HIS_GROUP_DF`, `ITEM_HIS_DF`, `ITEM_HISTORY`,
|
|
||||||
`HIS_UNITS` are the same as in R1.03 (compared with snapshots of the R1.05 test server; only
|
|
||||||
the C interface source `dsid_ihis_df.c` of `ITEM_HIS_DF` changed, ISS-102).
|
|
||||||
`history_start.cmd` and `item_start.cmd` (and their stop files) differ (ISS-100). Storage
|
|
||||||
groups were not re-tested on R1.05: the server is shared, and a new group needs a CI Server
|
|
||||||
restart (ISS-006).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C40-01EN.md` (storage group fields, types, aggregation,
|
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C40-01EN.md` (storage group fields, types, aggregation,
|
||||||
archive, reading history), `IM36K10L20-01EN.md` (history manager, files, `hisdbg`, utilities,
|
archive, reading history), `IM36K10L20-01EN.md` (history manager, files, `hisdbg`, utilities,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -41,11 +31,10 @@ Rules:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Task | File | Status |
|
| Task | File | Status |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| Create item storage groups (Event/Item, Scan/Time, Aggregation) and add items by quick load; remove them | `tasks/storage-groups.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05: dataset definitions and setup files identical, not re-tested (shared server, needs a restart) |
|
| Create item storage groups (Event/Item, Scan/Time, Aggregation) and add items by quick load; remove them | `tasks/storage-groups.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Read history with `dssqld` (`ITEM_HISTORY`, per group); aggregates | `tasks/storage-groups.md` §4 | verified (R1.03); R1.05 not re-tested |
|
| Read history with `dssqld` (`ITEM_HISTORY`, per group); aggregates | `tasks/storage-groups.md` §4 | verified |
|
||||||
| Load history from CSV (`ithloahis`); which time stamps are accepted | skill `system-management`, task `load-history.md` | verified (R1.03) |
|
| Load history from CSV (`ithloahis`); which time stamps are accepted | skill `system-management`, task `load-history.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Check groups, units, clients, rollover with `hisdbg` | `tasks/history-checks.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 read-only options awaiting user verification (ISS-101) |
|
| Check groups, units, clients, rollover with `hisdbg` | `tasks/history-checks.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Archive / retrieve, `hasdbg` | C40 summary §4, L20 summary §5 | from docs (no archive device) |
|
| Archive / retrieve, `hasdbg` | C40 summary §4, L20 summary §5 | from docs (no archive device) |
|
||||||
| Repair and recovery (`hisrep`, `hisrecover`, `isfrename`, `hiswrn`) | L20 summary §4 | from docs |
|
| Repair and recovery (`hisrep`, `hisrecover`, `isfrename`, `hiswrn`) | L20 summary §4 | from docs |
|
||||||
| Reading history from classes and reports | C40 summary §5; reports: skill `reporting` | verified for reports (R1.03, `rql-interactive.md`) |
|
| Reading history from classes and reports; ODBC | C40 summary §5; reports: skill `reporting` | verified for reports (`rql-interactive.md`); ODBC from docs |
|
||||||
| Reading history from applications: ODBC, .NET API, RESTful API (`GetHistory`, `GetHistoryMultiTag`), pyTOOLS (`getItemHistory`) | C40 summary §5; ODBC and REST: skill `data-access` (L45 summary §1, §9); pyTOOLS: IM 36K10P40 §3.13 (no skill yet) | from docs |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Check storage groups, units and history clients with hisdbg; force a rollover
|
task: Check storage groups, units and history clients with hisdbg; force a rollover
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10L20-01EN §2.1, §3.1 (4th Edition, Feb. 2026); IM 36K10C40-01EN §5.1 (5th Edition, Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system and CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01
|
source: IM 36K10L20-01EN §2.1, §3.1; IM 36K10C40-01EN §5.1; practiced on the test system and CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-10-01). R1.05 - the manual sections are unchanged and the hisdbg program is still installed (2026-10-08), but hisdbg was not run on the R1.05 test server (awaiting user verification, ISS-101; steps at the end)
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# History checks (`hisdbg`)
|
# History checks (`hisdbg`)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -43,21 +43,8 @@ History files are in `%TLS_ALLUSERS_PATH%\tls\his\` (path shown by option 21):
|
||||||
- After a CI Server restart the unit sequence increases (the start script runs `hisrep`).
|
- After a CI Server restart the unit sequence increases (the start script runs `hisrep`).
|
||||||
- Delete times = stop time + life time.
|
- Delete times = stop time + life time.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (R1.03, 2026-10-01)
|
## Verified (2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
45 groups, 30 clients; `CIENG_EVENT` group 1,54, opt_type `2 2`, daily GMT rollover, life 7
|
45 groups, 30 clients; `CIENG_EVENT` group 1,54, opt_type `2 2`, daily GMT rollover, life 7
|
||||||
days; units 1,1 (created at load) → 3,1 after restart → forced rollover closed 3,1 at 12:05:26
|
days; units 1,1 (created at load) → 3,1 after restart → forced rollover closed 3,1 at 12:05:26
|
||||||
and opened 3,2. `CIENG_SCAN10S` 1,55 `1 1`; `CIENG_AGG` 1,56 `4 4` with extra `h0101ozzz…` files.
|
and opened 3,2. `CIENG_SCAN10S` 1,55 `1 1`; `CIENG_AGG` 1,56 `4 4` with extra `h0101ozzz…` files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05: awaiting user verification (ISS-101)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On the R1.05 test server, in a normal command prompt (read-only options only):
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
hisdbg
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Answer the node prompt with Enter (local), then `1` (statistics), `20` (all groups), `6`
|
|
||||||
(clients), and `-1` to exit. Do not choose any other number. Expected: the same menu as R1.03
|
|
||||||
(`-1` … `22`), the system groups with history types 21, 6, 1058, 36, 4 (no item group unless
|
|
||||||
the server has one), and clients such as ITH*, ALH, ADTSTO, LGHUMH, RPTMAN. Send the output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Create item storage groups (Event/Item, Scan/Time, Aggregation), add items, read history
|
task: Create item storage groups (Event/Item, Scan/Time, Aggregation), add items, read history
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10C40-01EN §2.1, §3, §4.2, App. 1 (5th Edition, Feb. 2026); IM 36K10L20-01EN §2.1 (4th Edition, Feb. 2026); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01
|
source: IM 36K10C40-01EN §2.1, §3, App. 1; IM 36K10L20-01EN §2.1; practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-10-01). R1.05 - dataset definitions (HIS_GROUP_DF, ITEM_HIS_DF, ITEM_HISTORY) and setup files (ithsag.sup, itheix.sup, itheex.sup, ithstx.sup) identical to R1.03 (compared 2026-10-08 with snapshots of the R1.05 test server); not re-tested on R1.05 (shared server; a new group needs a CI Server restart, and the reduced sample load left out the history groups)
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Item storage groups (quick load)
|
# Item storage groups (quick load)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -77,10 +77,6 @@ and 11:54 started storing only after the 12:00 restart). Ask the user to restart
|
||||||
```
|
```
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`dssqld -e <out>.qli <filter>.qli -c`. Item name and a time range are required; times are local.
|
`dssqld -e <out>.qli <filter>.qli -c`. Item name and a time range are required; times are local.
|
||||||
From other applications (C40 §4.2, from docs): ODBC and the RESTful API (`GetHistory`,
|
|
||||||
`GetHistoryMultiTag`; both also from remote PCs) in skill `data-access`; .NET API; pyTOOLS
|
|
||||||
(`dss.getItemHistory`, IM 36K10P40 §3.13, no skill yet; uses its own attribute and period
|
|
||||||
names). Reports: skill `reporting`.
|
|
||||||
`GROUP_NAME` picks one group (otherwise every group with the item answers). Columns:
|
`GROUP_NAME` picks one group (otherwise every group with the item answers). Columns:
|
||||||
`SAMPLE_TIME`, `SAMPLE_END_TIME`, `INTERVAL_TIME`, `ITEM_VALUE`, `QUALITY`, `INITIAL_VALUE`
|
`SAMPLE_TIME`, `SAMPLE_END_TIME`, `INTERVAL_TIME`, `ITEM_VALUE`, `QUALITY`, `INITIAL_VALUE`
|
||||||
(1 = value at unit start), `STATUS`, `INTERPOLATION`, `ATTRIBUTE`, `GROUP_NAME`, …
|
(1 = value at unit start), `STATUS`, `INTERPOLATION`, `ATTRIBUTE`, `GROUP_NAME`, …
|
||||||
|
|
@ -109,7 +105,7 @@ Items first (`ITEM_HIS_DF` names), then give each group a `STOP_TIME` in the fut
|
||||||
delete: `HIS-E-GROUPHASUNT`, ISS-005). `remove.cmd` does this for all three sample groups.
|
delete: `HIS-E-GROUPHASUNT`, ISS-005). `remove.cmd` does this for all three sample groups.
|
||||||
Removing a group deletes its history.
|
Removing a group deletes its history.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (R1.03, CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-10-01)
|
## Verified (CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Group | Type | Result |
|
| Group | Type | Result |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,23 +1,14 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
name: item-engineering
|
name: item-engineering
|
||||||
description: >-
|
description: >-
|
||||||
CI Server R1.05 sections, items and sub-items. Use when the user wants to create or change
|
CI Server R1.03 sections, items and sub-items. Use when the user wants to create or change
|
||||||
sections, items or sub-items (integrator, min-max, pulse, rate-of-change), set limits,
|
sections, items or sub-items (integrator, min-max, pulse, rate-of-change), set limits,
|
||||||
scale or value format, string item length, integrator time unit (integration granule),
|
scale or value format, string item length, integrator time unit (integration granule),
|
||||||
PIT filter, block or unblock items or sections, or understand item status and option flags
|
PIT filter, block or unblock items or sections, or understand item status and option flags
|
||||||
(blk, off, uoff, ublk). Sources IM 36K10G10-01EN (Tutorial) and IM 36K10C10-01EN.
|
(blk, off, uoff, ublk). Sources IM 36K10G10-01EN (Tutorial) and IM 36K10C10-01EN.
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Item engineering (R1.05)
|
# Item engineering (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Re-checked on R1.05 on 2026-10-08: the dataset definitions `SECTION_DF`, `ITEM_DF`,
|
|
||||||
`SUB_ITEM_DF`, `STATUS_DF`, the item form (`JhmiItemDia.xml`) and `itm.sup` (integration
|
|
||||||
granule `itm_int_secs` = 1) are identical to R1.03. Only `ITEM_VAL` changed: it has three new
|
|
||||||
fields `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT` (by their names the item's
|
|
||||||
engineering units and scale limits next to the value; not in any manual, values not yet read,
|
|
||||||
ISS-126). The R1.05 manuals now give the string
|
|
||||||
item maximum the software uses (200 bytes, ISS-124).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md` (chapter 3). Bulk creation of sections and
|
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md` (chapter 3). Bulk creation of sections and
|
||||||
items uses quick load files: skill `system-management`, task `load-remove-records.md`.
|
items uses quick load files: skill `system-management`, task `load-remove-records.md`.
|
||||||
|
|
@ -29,10 +20,8 @@ Rules:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Task | File | Status |
|
| Task | File | Status |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| Sections, items, sub-items (integrator, min-max) by quick load | `tasks/sub-items.md` | verified (R1.03; R1.05 test server 2026-10-08: sample sections, items and sub-items loaded with 0 errors, min-max followed the level) |
|
| Sub-items (integrator, min-max) | `tasks/sub-items.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Integrator time unit (`itm_int_secs`) | `tasks/sub-items.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 file identical, not re-tested (setup-file change on a shared server) |
|
| Block / unblock an item; write to a blocked item | `tasks/block-item.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Block / unblock an item; write to a blocked item | `tasks/block-item.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 re-test awaits a decision (ISS-129) |
|
| String items: length limit (1–200) and truncation | `tasks/string-items.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| String items: length limit (1–200) and truncation | `tasks/string-items.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 limit checked in the data dictionary, writes not re-tested (ISS-129) |
|
| Item forms, limits, PIT filter, clamping, alarm tab, option bits, item statuses | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §3–4 | from docs |
|
||||||
| Item forms, limits, PIT filter, clamping, alarm tab, option bits, item statuses | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §3–4 | from docs (form definition identical on R1.05) |
|
| Switch on alarming, ack type, delay/repeat, test and acknowledge alarms | skill `alarm-management`, task `item-alarming.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Switch on alarming, ack type, delay/repeat, test and acknowledge alarms | skill `alarm-management`, task `item-alarming.md` | verified (R1.03) |
|
|
||||||
| CENTUM VP virtual test and HIS-TSE connection (new Tutorial ch. 14–15) | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md` | from docs; not tested (no CENTUM VP, ISS-127) |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Block / unblock an item and write to a blocked item
|
task: Block / unblock an item and write to a blocked item
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10G10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.3, §3.4; IM 36K10C10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.4, §3.5; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10G10-01EN §3.3, §3.4; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); on R1.05 the BLOCKED fields of SECTION_DF, ITEM_DF and ITEM_VAL and the option bits are unchanged (checked 2026-10-08, read-only); blocking and writes to a blocked item not re-tested on the shared R1.05 test server, re-test awaits a decision (ISS-129)
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Block / unblock an item
|
# Block / unblock an item
|
||||||
|
|
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ dssqld -m block.qli -l block.qlo
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(Engineering Module: right-click the item or section › *Block/Unblock*.)
|
(Engineering Module: right-click the item or section › *Block/Unblock*.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Behaviour (verified on R1.03 with `CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1.INFLOW`)
|
## Behaviour (verified on `CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1.INFLOW`)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Blocked: option flag `blk` appears in `itmval -g`; the status number is unchanged (stayed 9).
|
- Blocked: option flag `blk` appears in `itmval -g`; the status number is unchanged (stayed 9).
|
||||||
- `itmval -p -n <item> -v <value>` on a blocked item is **silently ignored** (exit code 0, no
|
- `itmval -p -n <item> -v <value>` on a blocked item is **silently ignored** (exit code 0, no
|
||||||
|
|
@ -37,7 +37,3 @@ dssqld -m block.qli -l block.qlo
|
||||||
- After unblocking, `blk` is gone but `ublk` (option bit 16, *updated blocked*) remains: the
|
- After unblocking, `blk` is gone but `ublk` (option bit 16, *updated blocked*) remains: the
|
||||||
item was written by an application (`itmval -o`) while it was blocked (IM 36K10C10 §3.5,
|
item was written by an application (`itmval -o`) while it was blocked (IM 36K10C10 §3.5,
|
||||||
ISS-001).
|
ISS-001).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05: not re-tested (blocking changes live behaviour on the shared test server). Before
|
|
||||||
relying on the silent-ignore behaviour on R1.05, block a test item, write it without and with
|
|
||||||
`-o`, and check the value and the `blk` / `ublk` flags as above.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: String items: length limit and truncation
|
task: String items: length limit and truncation
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10C10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.3.4; IM 36K10G10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.2.2; data dictionary (`dssqld -f`); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10C10-01EN §3.3.4; data dictionary (`dssqld -f`); practiced on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); on R1.05 the limit 1–200 / default 80 was checked in the data dictionary and ITEM_DF is identical (2026-10-08, read-only); string writes and truncation not re-tested on the shared R1.05 test server, re-test awaits a decision (ISS-129)
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# String items
|
# String items
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A string item has a maximum length set when it is created (`ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGTH`).
|
A string item has a maximum length set when it is created (`ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGTH`).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Rule | Value (verified R1.03) |
|
| Rule | Value (verified) |
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|---|---|
|
||||||
| Allowed `STRING_LENGTH` | 1–200 (default 80); 201 is rejected with `DSS-E-VAL_RANGE` |
|
| Allowed `STRING_LENGTH` | 1–200 (default 80); 201 is rejected with `DSS-E-VAL_RANGE` |
|
||||||
| Audit trailing (`AUDIT_INFO`) | no effect on the limit (200 loads with audit on) |
|
| Audit trailing (`AUDIT_INFO`) | no effect on the limit (200 loads with audit on) |
|
||||||
|
|
@ -17,10 +17,8 @@ A string item has a maximum length set when it is created (`ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGT
|
||||||
| Value that fits | stored, status 9 NORMAL |
|
| Value that fits | stored, status 9 NORMAL |
|
||||||
| Value too long | cut to length − 1, status **12 OVERRANGED**, no error from `itmval` |
|
| Value too long | cut to length − 1, status **12 OVERRANGED**, no error from `itmval` |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The R1.03 manuals disagreed (Engineering Module: max 100; Tutorial: 168; ISS-019). The R1.05
|
The manuals disagree (Engineering Module: max 100; Tutorial: 168); the installed software
|
||||||
manuals (changed in R1.04, not listed in the revision tables) give default 80 and maximum
|
allows 200 (`knowledge/issues.md` ISS-019). Multi-byte characters take more than one byte.
|
||||||
200 **bytes**, matching the software (ISS-124). Multi-byte characters take more than one byte.
|
|
||||||
That a value holds only length − 1 characters is not in any manual.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Quick load (the section must exist):
|
Quick load (the section must exist):
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Create sub-items (integrator, min-max)
|
task: Create sub-items (integrator, min-max)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10G10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.1.5, §3.2.3; IM 36K10C10-01EN 5th ed. (Feb. 2026) §3.2; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10G10-01EN §3.1.5, §3.2.3; IM 36K10C10-01EN §3.2; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); verified (R1.05 test server, 2026-10-08) for loading — the reduced CI-Eng-Sample load created sections, items and both sub-items with 0 errors and LEVEL.MAX followed the level; SUB_ITEM_DF and itm.sup identical to R1.03; integrator rate and the itm_int_secs change not re-tested on R1.05
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Sub-items
|
# Sub-items
|
||||||
|
|
@ -23,21 +23,19 @@ NAME,DESCRIPTION,SUB_TYPE,TIME_UNIT,MIN_MAX
|
||||||
```
|
```
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Load with `dssqld -i <file>.qli -l <file>.qlo`; remove with a `NAME`-only file and `dssqld -r`
|
Load with `dssqld -i <file>.qli -l <file>.qlo`; remove with a `NAME`-only file and `dssqld -r`
|
||||||
(before removing the main item). R1.05 accepts these files unchanged (`@VERSION 1.03.00`).
|
(before removing the main item).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Behaviour
|
## Behaviour (verified)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Integrator** (verified R1.03) adds *value × time unit*: with the main item at 1 it grows by
|
- **Integrator** adds *value × time unit*: with the main item at 1 it grows by 1 per second
|
||||||
1 per second by default. The time unit is the **integration granule** `itm_int_secs` in
|
by default. The time unit is the **integration granule** `itm_int_secs` in `itm.sup`
|
||||||
`itm.sup` (Setup File Editor label "Integration granule, sec."), **system-wide** for all
|
(Setup File Editor label "Integration granule, sec."), **system-wide** for all integrators,
|
||||||
integrators, installed value 1 (same file on R1.05). Setting 60 and restarting CI Server
|
installed value 1. Setting 60 and restarting CI Server made it grow by 1 per minute
|
||||||
made it grow by 1 per minute (R1.03, 2026-09-30, ISS-010). Changing it is a setup-file change
|
(verified 2026-09-30, ISS-010). Changing it is a setup-file change (skill `portal-setup`,
|
||||||
(skill `portal-setup`, task `change-setup-file.md`); existing integrator values are not
|
task `change-setup-file.md`); existing integrator values are not converted, so reset or
|
||||||
converted, so reset or note them. `TIME_UNIT` on the sub-item has no effect on integrators.
|
note them. `TIME_UNIT` on the sub-item has no effect on integrators.
|
||||||
- **Min-Max** with `MIN_MAX` = `Maximum` (or `Minimum`) keeps the highest (lowest) value
|
- **Min-Max** with `MIN_MAX` = `Maximum` (or `Minimum`) keeps the highest (lowest) value
|
||||||
written to the main item: writing 30, 70, 50 gave 70 (R1.03). On R1.05 `TANK1.LEVEL.MAX`
|
written to the main item: writing 30, 70, 50 gave 70.
|
||||||
followed the rising level (R1.05 test server, 2026-10-08).
|
- `TIME_UNIT` (Second, Minute, Hour, Day) belongs to Rate-of-Change (from docs, not practiced).
|
||||||
- `TIME_UNIT` (Second, Minute, Hour, Day; default Day) belongs to Rate-of-Change (from docs,
|
|
||||||
not practiced).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example files: `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/02b_sub_item_df.qli`, `90b_remove_sub_item_df.qli`.
|
Example files: `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/02b_sub_item_df.qli`, `90b_remove_sub_item_df.qli`.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,24 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
name: portal-setup
|
name: portal-setup
|
||||||
description: >-
|
description: >-
|
||||||
CI Server R1.05 CI Portal, CI View and setup files. Use when the user wants to read, check
|
CI Server R1.03 CI Portal, CI View and setup files. Use when the user wants to read, check
|
||||||
or change a setup file (.sup) or use the Setup File Editor, write setup file metadata
|
or change a setup file (.sup) or use the Setup File Editor, write setup file metadata
|
||||||
(!KEYWORD, !TAB, !ARG), choose between CI Portal and CI View, set up a CI Portal node
|
(!KEYWORD, !TAB, !ARG), choose between CI Portal and CI View, set up a CI Portal node
|
||||||
(dur.sup host node, gateway core, copying displays), check the Remote Connect web page or
|
(dur.sup host node, copying displays), check the Remote Connect web page or web ports
|
||||||
web ports (8080/8443, HTTP to HTTPS redirect, hostname whitelisting, security headers and
|
(8080/8443), or tune the operator interface, Engineering Module or Edit Module
|
||||||
CSP), or tune the operator interface, Engineering Module or Edit Module
|
|
||||||
(jwuiisg.sup, jhmiset.sup, jwuiged.sup) and the WFL processes (wflidi, wfladi, wflcdi,
|
(jwuiisg.sup, jhmiset.sup, jwuiged.sup) and the WFL processes (wflidi, wfladi, wflcdi,
|
||||||
wflgdi, wfla_display), e.g. display cache time, flow control, alarm overview event types.
|
wflgdi, wfla_display), e.g. display cache time, flow control, alarm overview event types.
|
||||||
Sources IM 36K10R10-01EN and IM 36K10R20-01EN.
|
Sources IM 36K10R10-01EN and IM 36K10R20-01EN.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# CI Portal and setup files (R1.05)
|
# CI Portal and setup files (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Re-checked on R1.05 on 2026-10-08 (read-only, single-node test server). The manuals changed
|
|
||||||
only in R10 §3.1 (install from an ISO file) and §3.3 (link to BUS Service); the Setup File
|
|
||||||
Editor and the WFL setup files are unchanged. `jwuiisg.sup` has new keywords, a new
|
|
||||||
*Access Control* tab and stricter default security headers (R10 summary §4.3, ISS-110 to
|
|
||||||
ISS-112); `dur.sup` has a new *Gateway Core* switch (ISS-109).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` (CI Portal Setup: processes, CI Portal vs
|
Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` (CI Portal Setup: processes, CI Portal vs
|
||||||
CI View, every user-interface setup file and keyword) and
|
CI View, every user-interface setup file and keyword) and
|
||||||
|
|
@ -36,12 +29,11 @@ Rules:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Task | File | Status |
|
| Task | File | Status |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| Read a setup file: active settings and keyword help | `tasks/read-setup-file.md` | verified (R1.03; re-run read-only on R1.05 2026-10-08) |
|
| Read a setup file: active settings and keyword help | `tasks/read-setup-file.md` | verified (read-only) |
|
||||||
| Change a setup file safely (back up, edit, restart, verify, restore) | `tasks/change-setup-file.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 not tested (shared server: no setup-file change or restart) |
|
| Change a setup file safely (back up, edit, restart, verify, restore) | `tasks/change-setup-file.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| What the Setup File Editor shows for a file (tabs, fields, Changed status) | `tasks/read-setup-file.md`, R20 summary §2 | verified in the GUI (R1.03); R1.05 awaiting user verification (ISS-113) |
|
| What the Setup File Editor shows for a file (tabs, fields, Changed status) | `tasks/read-setup-file.md`, R20 summary §2 | verified (compared in the GUI) |
|
||||||
| Login method / login control (moved to `dssana.sup`) | skill `authorization` (ISS-017) | — |
|
| Login method / login control (moved to `dssana.sup`) | not covered yet (ISS-017) | — |
|
||||||
| Check web access for CI View (ports, Remote Connect page, security headers, `DEPLOY` folder) | `tasks/check-web-access.md` | verified (R1.03; R1.05 2026-10-08, read-only) |
|
| Check web access for CI View (ports, Remote Connect page, `DEPLOY` folder) | `tasks/check-web-access.md` | verified (read-only) |
|
||||||
| Choose CI Portal or CI View; set up a separate CI Portal node | R10 summary §2–3 | from docs; not tested (R1.03 and R1.05 test systems are single nodes) |
|
| Choose CI Portal or CI View; set up a separate CI Portal node | R10 summary §2–3 | from docs (needs a second node) |
|
||||||
| Gateway core (`dur.sup` *Gateway Core*; no operator interface) | R10 summary §3 | from docs; keyword checked in the installed file (R1.05) |
|
|
||||||
| Operator interface does not show a changed display/item (cache) | R10 summary §1 | from docs |
|
| Operator interface does not show a changed display/item (cache) | R10 summary §1 | from docs |
|
||||||
| Write metadata for a custom setup file | R20 summary §3 | from docs; keyword set checked identical R1.03/R1.05 |
|
| Write metadata for a custom setup file | R20 summary §3 | from docs |
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Change a setup file safely
|
task: Change a setup file safely
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10R20-01EN §1–2 (4th Edition, Feb. 2026); IM 36K10R10-01EN §4 (5th Edition, Feb. 2026)
|
source: IM 36K10R20-01EN §1–2; IM 36K10R10-01EN §4
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 2026-09-30 (jwuiisg.sup HTTP port 8080 → 8081 and back; wfla_display.sup queue size via the editor and Reset Field). R1.05 not tested (the R1.05 test server is shared: no setup-file change or restart); the editor launcher and metadata keywords are unchanged (checked 2026-10-08), editor GUI awaiting user verification (ISS-113)
|
status: verified on the test system 2026-09-30 (jwuiisg.sup HTTP port 8080 → 8081 and back; wfla_display.sup queue size via the editor and Reset Field)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Change a setup file safely
|
# Change a setup file safely
|
||||||
|
|
@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ administrator rights.
|
||||||
Either way works:
|
Either way works:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Setup File Editor** (Start menu *CI Server → Setup File Editor*): double-click the file,
|
- **Setup File Editor** (Start menu *CI Server → Setup File Editor*): double-click the file,
|
||||||
change the field on its tab and click *OK*: **the file is written at once** (R1.03; R1.05
|
change the field on its tab and click *OK*: **the file is written at once** (R1.03), so
|
||||||
not yet re-checked, ISS-113), so back up before clicking OK. The changed field's label
|
back up before clicking OK. The changed field's label turns blue and the file's Status
|
||||||
turns blue and the file's Status becomes *Changed* (differs from its `!DEFAULT` block). Toggle Read Only must be off.
|
becomes *Changed* (differs from its `!DEFAULT` block). Toggle Read Only must be off.
|
||||||
Keywords placed before the file's first `!TAB` line are on the *General* tab. To go back
|
Keywords placed before the file's first `!TAB` line are on the *General* tab. To go back
|
||||||
to the default: cursor in the field, *Reset Field*, *OK*.
|
to the default: cursor in the field, *Reset Field*, *OK*.
|
||||||
- **Text edit**: change only the active line `KEYWORD = value`; keep the `!` lines, the
|
- **Text edit**: change only the active line `KEYWORD = value`; keep the `!` lines, the
|
||||||
|
|
@ -75,11 +75,3 @@ the backup (`Get-FileHash`) to confirm the file is exactly as before.
|
||||||
restarted in between, so never applied.
|
restarted in between, so never applied.
|
||||||
- `Stop-Service`/`Start-Service StartCIServer` from a non-elevated shell fails with
|
- `Stop-Service`/`Start-Service StartCIServer` from a non-elevated shell fails with
|
||||||
"Cannot open StartCIServer service".
|
"Cannot open StartCIServer service".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Not re-tested (shared test server). Same procedure expected: the editor is launched the same
|
|
||||||
way (`fsuedit.cmd` only adds `tls\exe\lib\*` to the class path) and the installed setup
|
|
||||||
files use the same metadata keywords and argument kinds as R1.03. On an upgraded system
|
|
||||||
the automatic configuration merge (skill `installation-security`) may already have changed
|
|
||||||
`.sup` files: compare with the `!DEFAULT` block before editing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Check web access for CI View (read-only)
|
task: Check web access for CI View (read-only)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10R10-01EN §2.2, §3.4, §4.3 (5th Edition, Feb. 2026); installed jwuiisg.sup (R1.05); practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
source: IM 36K10R10-01EN §2.2, §3.4, §4.3; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified (read-only) on R1.03 (2026-09-30) and on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08); access from another PC through the R1.05 Access Control settings not tested
|
status: verified (read-only)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Check web access for CI View
|
# Check web access for CI View
|
||||||
|
|
@ -36,23 +36,7 @@ ports were changed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Expect `200`. This is the page CI View users open as `http://<node>:8080/` to download
|
Expect `200`. This is the page CI View users open as `http://<node>:8080/` to download
|
||||||
Remote Connect; Remote Connect then uses HTTPS on 8443. From another PC the firewall must
|
Remote Connect; Remote Connect then uses HTTPS on 8443. From another PC the firewall must
|
||||||
allow both ports (skill `installation-security`). With `HTTP_TO_HTTPS_REDIRECT = YES`
|
allow both ports (skill `installation-security`).
|
||||||
`Invoke-WebRequest` follows the redirect to HTTPS and may fail on the server certificate;
|
|
||||||
read the HTTP status alone with `curl.exe -s -o NUL -w "%{http_code}" http://localhost:8080/`
|
|
||||||
(not tested with YES). If the site has narrowed `HOSTNAME_WHITELISTING`, a CI View must use
|
|
||||||
one of the listed names (opening the page by IP address may then fail; not tested).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On R1.05 the page also returns the default security headers from the *Security* tab of
|
|
||||||
`jwuiisg.sup` (R10 summary §4.3, ISS-111). To see them (`curl.exe` is part of Windows):
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
```powershell
|
|
||||||
curl.exe -k -s -I https://localhost:8443/
|
|
||||||
```
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Expect `X-Content-Type-Options`, `X-Frame-Options`, `Strict-Transport-Security`,
|
|
||||||
`X-XSS-Protection`, `Cache-Control: no-store`, `Referrer-Policy`,
|
|
||||||
`X-Permitted-Cross-Domain-Policies` and a `Content-Security-Policy` line. The R1.03 file
|
|
||||||
set only `X-Frame-Options` and no CSP.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 4. Displays deployed
|
## 4. Displays deployed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -68,11 +52,3 @@ Get-ChildItem -Name (Join-Path $env:TLS_WAP_PATH 'cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY'
|
||||||
## Test system (2026-09-30)
|
## Test system (2026-09-30)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
8080 and 8443 listening (one process), page returned 200, the six `DEPLOY` folders present.
|
8080 and 8443 listening (one process), page returned 200, the six `DEPLOY` folders present.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05 test server (2026-10-08, read-only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Steps 1–4 as above: 8080 and 8443 listening (one `javaw.exe` running as the CI Server
|
|
||||||
service account), `http://localhost:8080/` and `https://localhost:8443/` both 200, the page
|
|
||||||
offers `CI-rc-setup.exe` (Remote Connect), the six `DEPLOY` folders present, and the seven
|
|
||||||
headers plus CSP listed above on both ports. Install paths differ from R1.03 (here
|
|
||||||
`C:\Yokogawa\CIServer`), so always use the `TLS_*` variables.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Read a setup file (active settings and keyword help)
|
task: Read a setup file (active settings and keyword help)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10R20-01EN §1, §3 (4th Edition, Feb. 2026); IM 36K10R10-01EN §4 (5th Edition, Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
source: IM 36K10R20-01EN §1, §3; IM 36K10R10-01EN §4; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified (read-only) on R1.03 (2026-09-30, also compared in the Setup File Editor GUI); commands re-run read-only on the R1.05 test server 2026-10-08 with the same results; R1.05 editor GUI awaiting user verification (ISS-113)
|
status: verified (read-only)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Read a setup file
|
# Read a setup file
|
||||||
|
|
@ -11,10 +11,8 @@ Shows what the Setup File Editor would show, without opening it. Nothing is chan
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Where
|
## Where
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup\<name>.sup` (R1.03 test system:
|
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup\<name>.sup` (e.g. `C:\Program Files (x86)\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls\sup`).
|
||||||
`C:\Program Files (x86)\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls\sup`; R1.05 test server:
|
The file list with descriptions is what the Setup File Editor shows on start.
|
||||||
`C:\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls\sup`; about 200 files on both). The file list with descriptions is
|
|
||||||
what the Setup File Editor shows on start.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Active settings
|
## Active settings
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -27,7 +25,7 @@ Select-String -Path $f -Pattern '^\s*[^!\s]'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example result (`wflidi.sup`, installed defaults): `FLOW_CONTROL = 30`, `TIMER = 20`,
|
Example result (`wflidi.sup`, installed defaults): `FLOW_CONTROL = 30`, `TIMER = 20`,
|
||||||
`SCAN_TIME = 0`, `RETRY_COUNT = 3`, `QUEUE_BUSY_LEVEL = 10`, `DUR_QUEUE_SIZE = 500`,
|
`SCAN_TIME = 0`, `RETRY_COUNT = 3`, `QUEUE_BUSY_LEVEL = 10`, `DUR_QUEUE_SIZE = 500`,
|
||||||
`NODE = -1, 1000, 0.1, 30`, `LOCK_TIMEOUT = 60` (same file and values on R1.05).
|
`NODE = -1, 1000, 0.1, 30`, `LOCK_TIMEOUT = 60`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A keyword that has no active line uses the program's built-in default (see its help).
|
A keyword that has no active line uses the program's built-in default (see its help).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -62,8 +60,3 @@ Keywords before the first `!TAB` appear on a *General* tab in the editor (checke
|
||||||
`wfla_display.sup` (the manual says `wfla_displays.sup`), and some installed values differ
|
`wfla_display.sup` (the manual says `wfla_displays.sup`), and some installed values differ
|
||||||
from the manual's defaults (see `knowledge/issues.md` ISS-012 to ISS-015).
|
from the manual's defaults (see `knowledge/issues.md` ISS-012 to ISS-015).
|
||||||
- Some files have no `!DESCRIPTION`.
|
- Some files have no `!DESCRIPTION`.
|
||||||
- R1.05 (2026-10-08): `jwuiisg.sup` and `dur.sup` gained keywords (R10 summary §3–4,
|
|
||||||
ISS-109 to ISS-112); `wfl*.sup`, `jwuiged.sup` and `jwuiaan.sup` are identical to R1.03,
|
|
||||||
`jhmiset.sup` differs only in spacing. Two new `jwuiisg.sup` blocks end with
|
|
||||||
`!ENDKEYWORD!` instead of `!ENDKEYWORD`; how the editor shows them is not yet checked
|
|
||||||
(ISS-112).
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,51 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
name: system-management
|
name: system-management
|
||||||
description: >-
|
description: >-
|
||||||
CI Server R1.05 system management and command-line tools. Use when the user wants
|
CI Server R1.03 system management and command-line tools. Use when the user wants
|
||||||
to stop CI Server, export dataset contents, load or remove records with quick load files
|
to stop CI Server, export dataset contents, load or remove records with quick load files
|
||||||
(dssqld, .qli), create sections or items in bulk, read or write item values or limits (itmval), load or import history,
|
(dssqld, .qli), create sections or items in bulk, read or write item values or limits (itmval), load or import history,
|
||||||
check database consistency (dsschk), monitor processes/CPU/disk/network, back up or migrate
|
check database consistency (dsschk), monitor processes/CPU/disk/network, back up or migrate
|
||||||
a system, tune or debug CI Server, or plan a system layout (standalone, separate portal, HAC,
|
a system, tune or debug CI Server, or plan a system layout (standalone, separate portal, HAC,
|
||||||
host-to-host, enterprise, gateway core) or time synchronization, check whether a CI Server process is
|
host-to-host, enterprise) or time synchronization, check whether a CI Server process is
|
||||||
running (durwfp), stop a single process (durstp), read the message log (umhlog), or check
|
running (durwfp), stop a single process (durstp), read the message log (umhlog), or check
|
||||||
BUS Service queues (adaptive queues, dur.sup), or work with DSS / Data Set Services (dsssda,
|
BUS Service queues (adaptive queues, dur.sup), or work with DSS / Data Set Services (dsssda,
|
||||||
dssevt, dssman, dss.sup, DSSSDARST / DSSSDAPY, quick load macros and includes, memo fields from a file, dssutl,
|
dssevt, dssman, dss.sup, quick load macros and includes, memo fields from a file, dssutl,
|
||||||
DSS compiler dss, .dss files, data dictionary tlsdic_dss.dic, dss_*.tmp clean-up). Sources IM 36K10J10-01EN,
|
DSS compiler dss, .dss files, data dictionary tlsdic_dss.dic). Sources IM 36K10J10-01EN,
|
||||||
IM 36K10L30-01EN, IM 36K10L50-01EN, IM 36K10P30-01EN.
|
IM 36K10L30-01EN, IM 36K10L50-01EN, IM 36K10P30-01EN.
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# System management (R1.05)
|
# System management (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Re-checked on R1.05 on 2026-10-08 (read-only, on the R1.05 test server): all tools used here
|
|
||||||
are installed and behave as on R1.03; `dssqld` help text, the monitoring setup files
|
|
||||||
(`int*.sup`), `itm.sup` and `durm_1_udp.sup` are unchanged. Changed on R1.05: two extra DSS
|
|
||||||
data access servers (`DSSSDARST` for the RESTful API, `DSSSDAPY` for pyTOOLS), larger DSS queues,
|
|
||||||
a *Gateway Core* switch in `dur.sup`, new datasets, and start/stop scripts that call
|
|
||||||
`?*_<script name>.cmd` extension scripts (details in the task files).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Background for this area: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10J10-01EN.md`. Known issues:
|
Background for this area: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10J10-01EN.md`. Known issues:
|
||||||
`knowledge/manuals/IM36K01A50-01EN.md`.
|
`knowledge/manuals/IM36K01A50-01EN.md`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Rules for every task:
|
Rules for every task:
|
||||||
- Run the `system-check` skill first (this skill is written for R1.05; R1.03 results are kept
|
- Run the `system-check` skill first (version must be R1.03).
|
||||||
and marked).
|
|
||||||
- CI Server tools live in `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe` (on `PATH`). Run them in a scratch folder,
|
- CI Server tools live in `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe` (on `PATH`). Run them in a scratch folder,
|
||||||
because they write output and listing files to the current directory. Read the paths from
|
because they write output and listing files to the current directory.
|
||||||
`set TLS` (on the R1.05 test server program and data are both under `C:\Yokogawa\CIServer`).
|
|
||||||
- Starting/stopping CI Server and anything that writes to the system needs an elevated
|
- Starting/stopping CI Server and anything that writes to the system needs an elevated
|
||||||
(administrator) session and, in this conversation, the user's chosen way of working
|
(administrator) session and, in this conversation, the user's chosen way of working
|
||||||
(direct vs prepare only).
|
(direct vs prepare only).
|
||||||
- Exporting `OBJECT_DF` leaves 0-byte `dss_*.tmp` files in `%TLS_LST_PATH%` (task
|
|
||||||
`export-dataset.md`); clean them up after a test session.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Task | File | Status |
|
| Task | File | Status |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| Export dataset contents (whole or filtered) / dump the data dictionary | `tasks/export-dataset.md` | verified (R1.03; re-tested on R1.05 2026-10-08) |
|
| Export dataset contents (whole or filtered) / dump the data dictionary | `tasks/export-dataset.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Load or remove records with quick load files (`.qli`), e.g. sections and items | `tasks/load-remove-records.md` | verified (R1.03; load/remove used on R1.05 in the CI-Eng-Sample test 2026-10-08) |
|
| Load or remove records with quick load files (`.qli`), e.g. sections and items | `tasks/load-remove-records.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Read / write item values and read limits | `tasks/read-write-item.md` | verified (R1.03; `-g`/`-p` used on R1.05 in the CI-Eng-Sample test, read re-checked 2026-10-08) |
|
| Read / write item values and read limits | `tasks/read-write-item.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Load history from CSV (`ithloahis`) and read history back | `tasks/load-history.md` | verified (R1.03); on R1.05 awaiting user verification (writes history) |
|
| Load history from CSV (`ithloahis`) and read history back | `tasks/load-history.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Monitor CPU, disk, network, processes; run a command on an item change | `tasks/monitoring-processes.md` | verified (R1.03); R1.05 setup files identical, not re-run |
|
| Monitor CPU, disk, network, processes; run a command on an item change | `tasks/monitoring-processes.md` | verified |
|
||||||
| Database consistency check (`dsschk`) | `tasks/consistency-check.md` | verified (check only, R1.03 and R1.05) |
|
| Database consistency check (`dsschk`) | `tasks/consistency-check.md` | verified (check only) |
|
||||||
| Tuning checks: limits and health snapshots | `tasks/tuning-checks.md` | verified (read-only, R1.03 and R1.05) |
|
| Tuning checks: limits and health snapshots | `tasks/tuning-checks.md` | verified (read-only) |
|
||||||
| BUS Service utilities: is a process attached (`durwfp`), stop one process (`durstp`), message tools, adaptive queues | `tasks/bus-utilities.md` | verified (`durwfp`, `umhman`, read-only checks on R1.03 and R1.05); `umhmsg`/`umhtestprog` R1.03 only (ISS-030) |
|
| BUS Service utilities: is a process attached (`durwfp`), stop one process (`durstp`), message tools, adaptive queues | `tasks/bus-utilities.md` | verified (`durwfp`, read-only checks); message tools fail (ISS-030) |
|
||||||
| DSS checks and tools: DSS processes, `dss.sup`, quick load macros/includes/memo files, `dssutl`, DSS compiler syntax check | `tasks/dss-tools.md` | verified (R1.03); processes, `dss.sup` and compiler check re-tested on R1.05 |
|
| DSS checks and tools: DSS processes, `dss.sup`, quick load macros/includes/memo files, `dssutl`, DSS compiler syntax check | `tasks/dss-tools.md` | verified |
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: BUS Service utilities - process checks, stopping single processes, message tools, adaptive queues
|
task: BUS Service utilities - process checks, stopping single processes, message tools, adaptive queues
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10L30-01EN §1, §5, §6, §10, §14 (4th ed., Feb. 2026); IM 36K10J10-01EN §3.2.6 (5th ed.); checked on the test system 2026-10-01 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10L30-01EN §1, §5, §6, §10, §14; checked on the test system 2026-10-01
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (durwfp, setup file checks, umhman, umhmsg, umhtestprog); re-checked read-only on the R1.05 test server 2026-10-08 (durwfp exit codes, umhman, dur.sup, durm_1_udp.sup); umhmsg / umhtestprog not run on R1.05 (they write to the shared message log); durstp not run
|
status: verified (durwfp, setup file checks, umhman, umhmsg, umhtestprog)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# BUS Service utilities
|
# BUS Service utilities
|
||||||
|
|
@ -13,11 +13,7 @@ Background: `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L30-01EN.md`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`durwfp -p <DUR name> -t 0` → exit code **0** = attached (running), **1** = not. Without
|
`durwfp -p <DUR name> -t 0` → exit code **0** = attached (running), **1** = not. Without
|
||||||
`-t 0` it waits up to 60 s for the process to appear; `-e` waits for it to go away. Verified:
|
`-t 0` it waits up to 60 s for the process to appear; `-e` waits for it to go away. Verified:
|
||||||
`umh`, `opcman`, `durm_1` → 0; unknown name → 1 (R1.03 and R1.05; on R1.05 also `dssman`,
|
`umh`, `opcman`, `durm_1` → 0; unknown name → 1. Bash: `durwfp -p opcman -t 0; echo $?`.
|
||||||
`dsssda00`, `dsssdarst`, `dsssdapy`, `dssevt00` → 0). Bash: `durwfp -p opcman -t 0; echo $?`;
|
|
||||||
PowerShell: `durwfp -p opcman -t 0; $LASTEXITCODE`. The manual (L30 §10, reworded in the R1.04
|
|
||||||
edition) calls the result "1 if attached, else 0": that is the opposite of the exit code a
|
|
||||||
script sees, so test the exit code as above (ISS-120).
|
|
||||||
DUR names are those given with `-n` (e.g. `OPXCIENG`, `EQPCIENG`, `opxuas`).
|
DUR names are those given with `-n` (e.g. `OPXCIENG`, `EQPCIENG`, `opxuas`).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Stop or kill one process (only with the user's approval)
|
## Stop or kill one process (only with the user's approval)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -32,9 +28,10 @@ then kills after 10 s. `*` wildcards stop many processes (`-p alm\*`). Never `du
|
||||||
- Message log: `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log` (`--> From: <PROCESS> (<node>) on <time>`, then
|
- Message log: `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log` (`--> From: <PROCESS> (<node>) on <time>`, then
|
||||||
`FAC-S-CODE, text` lines). `UMH Message Text Error: Message number <hex> (…)` = the text
|
`FAC-S-CODE, text` lines). `UMH Message Text Error: Message number <hex> (…)` = the text
|
||||||
could not be formatted (e.g. `%` in a PRINT text, ISS-025).
|
could not be formatted (e.g. `%` in a PRINT text, ISS-025).
|
||||||
- `umhman` (hex code → text): answers can be piped, e.g. `printf '8010008\n\n' | umhman` →
|
- `umhman` (hex code → text): answers can be piped, e.g. `printf '8010008
|
||||||
`DUR-W-NO_MSG_FND, No selected message found`; parameters in the text stay empty. Same
|
|
||||||
answer on R1.05 (piped from PowerShell, 2026-10-08).
|
' | umhman` →
|
||||||
|
`DUR-W-NO_MSG_FND, No selected message found`; parameters in the text stay empty.
|
||||||
- `umhmsg <hex> [<var> <value>]…` logs that message from a script: it prints nothing; the
|
- `umhmsg <hex> [<var> <value>]…` logs that message from a script: it prints nothing; the
|
||||||
message appears in `umhlog.log` from process `UMHMSG_<pid>`.
|
message appears in `umhlog.log` from process `UMHMSG_<pid>`.
|
||||||
- `umhtestprog` runs its self-test (`TESTING UMH MESSAGES`, `TESTING ILLEGAL CODES`).
|
- `umhtestprog` runs its self-test (`TESTING UMH MESSAGES`, `TESTING ILLEGAL CODES`).
|
||||||
|
|
@ -45,23 +42,13 @@ then kills after 10 s. `*` wildcards stop many processes (`-p alm\*`). Never `du
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`tls\sup\dur.sup`, tab *Adaptive queues*: `ADAPTIVE_QUEUE_SETS = <process>, <percent>`
|
`tls\sup\dur.sup`, tab *Adaptive queues*: `ADAPTIVE_QUEUE_SETS = <process>, <percent>`
|
||||||
(wildcard `*` allowed, max 40 %). Installed: `ALM` 10, `ALH` 10, `WFLGDI` 20, `WFLCDI`,
|
(wildcard `*` allowed, max 40 %). Installed: `ALM` 10, `ALH` 10, `WFLGDI` 20, `WFLCDI`,
|
||||||
`WFLIDI`, `WFLADI`, `ITHEIX`, `ITHSER` 2, `DSSSDA*`, `DSSEVT*`, `OPCEXE` 1; R1.05 adds
|
`WFLIDI`, `WFLADI`, `ITHEIX`, `ITHSER` 2, `DSSSDA*`, `DSSEVT*`, `OPCEXE` 1. Add entries for
|
||||||
`ADTSTO` 1 (audit storage, added "for version upgrade" per the file's change log; ISS-122). Add entries for
|
|
||||||
new busy processes (extra executors, equipment managers, custom processes); `OPCEXE` without
|
new busy processes (extra executors, equipment managers, custom processes); `OPCEXE` without
|
||||||
`*` may not cover the installed `OPCEXE1`…`4` (ISS-026; unchanged on R1.05). Changing `dur.sup` needs admin and a
|
`*` may not cover the installed `OPCEXE1`…`4` (ISS-026). Changing `dur.sup` needs admin and a
|
||||||
restart (skill `portal-setup`). Queue use per process: health snapshots
|
restart (skill `portal-setup`). Queue use per process: health snapshots
|
||||||
(`tuning-checks.md`) or the performance monitor (*Minimum/Maximum/Current KB*, high queue
|
(`tuning-checks.md`) or the performance monitor (*Minimum/Maximum/Current KB*, high queue
|
||||||
100 % = the queue had to grow → raise its size).
|
100 % = the queue had to grow → raise its size).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Gateway Core switch (R1.05)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05 `dur.sup` has a new keyword `GATEWAY_CORE` (*General* tab, *Gateway Core* check box;
|
|
||||||
installed `gateway_core = No`). Tick it only on a CI Core with a **gateway licence**: such a
|
|
||||||
node collects and passes on data but has no operator interface, also not for Portals and CI View
|
|
||||||
clients connected to it. If the switch and the licence disagree, a message goes to the
|
|
||||||
message log (IM 36K10J10 §3.2.6). From docs and the installed file; not tested (no gateway
|
|
||||||
licence; changing `dur.sup` needs admin and a restart; ISS-116).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Node links (MDUR)
|
## Node links (MDUR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`tls\sup\durm_<line>_udp.sup` and `tls\com\durm_start.cmd`; single-node installs still run
|
`tls\sup\durm_<line>_udp.sup` and `tls\com\durm_start.cmd`; single-node installs still run
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Database consistency check (dsschk)
|
task: Database consistency check (dsschk)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §4.1.1 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); IM 36K10L50-01EN §5; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §4.1.1; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified (check only) on R1.03 (2026-09-30) and on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08, `dsschk -e -v`, usage text unchanged); repair not practiced
|
status: verified (check only)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Database consistency check (dsschk)
|
# Database consistency check (dsschk)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -20,13 +20,12 @@ dsschk -e -v > dsschk.out
|
||||||
definitions copied by ITEM and EQUIPMENT Services). This is the useful check on a
|
definitions copied by ITEM and EQUIPMENT Services). This is the useful check on a
|
||||||
**single-node** system.
|
**single-node** system.
|
||||||
- `-v` verbose. Output lists `DSSP-I-CDS_START` / `DSSP-I-CDS_END` per dataset (228 on the
|
- `-v` verbose. Output lists `DSSP-I-CDS_START` / `DSSP-I-CDS_END` per dataset (228 on the
|
||||||
R1.03 test system, 231 on the R1.05 test server) and any problems; the same messages go to `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log`.
|
test system) and any problems; the same messages go to `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log`.
|
||||||
- `-d <dataset>` checks one dataset; `-n <node>` one node.
|
- `-d <dataset>` checks one dataset; `-n <node>` one node.
|
||||||
- Plain `dsschk` (no `-e`) only compares copies **between nodes**, so on a single node it
|
- Plain `dsschk` (no `-e`) only compares copies **between nodes**, so on a single node it
|
||||||
prints nothing.
|
prints nothing.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Look for warnings or errors: search the output for `-W-`, `-E-` or `-F-`. None = consistent
|
Look for warnings or errors: search the output for `-W-`, `-E-` or `-F-`. None = consistent.
|
||||||
(R1.05 test server, 2026-10-08: none).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Repair (not yet practiced)
|
## Repair (not yet practiced)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: DSS (Data Set Services) checks and tools - processes, dss.sup, quick load directives, dssutl, DSS compiler syntax check
|
task: DSS (Data Set Services) checks and tools - processes, dss.sup, quick load directives, dssutl, DSS compiler syntax check
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10L50-01EN §1, §2.1, §2.2, §3, §4 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); IM 36K10P30-01EN §2, §3 (4th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system 2026-10-01 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10L50-01EN §1, §2.1, §2.2, §3, §4; IM 36K10P30-01EN §2, §3; practiced on the test system 2026-10-01
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-10-01, all sections); on the R1.05 test server re-checked read-only 2026-10-08 - DSS processes and start script, `dss.sup`, `dssqld` directives (`@SELECT`) and help text, DSS compiler syntax check; macro/include loads, memo files and `dssutl` not re-run on R1.05
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# DSS tools
|
# DSS tools
|
||||||
|
|
@ -13,29 +13,15 @@ Everything here is read-only except where marked. Background:
|
||||||
## 1. DSS processes and `dss.sup`
|
## 1. DSS processes and `dss.sup`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`tasklist /FI "IMAGENAME eq dss*"` — expect `dsswth`, `dssana`, `dssanc`, `dssadb`, `dsslck`,
|
`tasklist /FI "IMAGENAME eq dss*"` — expect `dsswth`, `dssana`, `dssanc`, `dssadb`, `dsslck`,
|
||||||
`dssman`, `dsschk` (server) and several `dsssda` / `dssevt` (10 and 7 on a default R1.03 node,
|
`dssman`, `dsschk` (server) and several `dsssda` / `dssevt` (10 and 7 on a default R1.03 node).
|
||||||
**12 and 7 on R1.05**). `durwfp -p dssman -t 0` tests one by its BUS Service name (`DSSSDA00`…,
|
`durwfp -p dssman -t 0` tests one by its BUS Service name (`DSSSDA00`…, `DSSSDAOPC00`…,
|
||||||
`DSSSDAOPC00`…, `DSSEVT00`…). Started by `tls\com\database_start.cmd`.
|
`DSSEVT00`…). Started by `tls\com\database_start.cmd`; the number of general `DSSSDA` comes from
|
||||||
|
`%TLS_MAX_SDA_ID%` (default 3 → `DSSSDA00`–`03`).
|
||||||
- R1.03: the number of general `DSSSDA` comes from `%TLS_MAX_SDA_ID%` (default 3 →
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDA00`–`03`).
|
|
||||||
- R1.05: the script starts `DSSSDA00`–`03` as fixed lines (`%TLS_MAX_SDA_ID%` is no longer
|
|
||||||
used) and two new dedicated servers, `DSSSDARST` (RESTful API server `JRSTSRV`) and
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDAPY` (pyTOOLS clients `PYDSS*`); it waits for `DSSSDARST` with `durwfp`. On the first
|
|
||||||
start after an upgrade it runs the R1.04/R1.05 dataset upgrade programs
|
|
||||||
(`opcaec_station_u0104`, `opcuac_station_u0104`, `opcuac_method_u0104`, `dss_ath_grp_u0104`,
|
|
||||||
`iec61850_*_u0104` / `_u0105`, `iec61850_rcb_u0105`) and keeps `database.new` if one fails, so
|
|
||||||
the upgrade is tried again at the next start (verified in the installed script 2026-10-08,
|
|
||||||
ISS-117).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup\dss.sup` (Setup File Editor or text): queue sizes, heartbeats, `FLOWC`,
|
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup\dss.sup` (Setup File Editor or text): queue sizes, heartbeats, `FLOWC`,
|
||||||
and `DSSSDA_SRV` / `DSSEVT_SRV` lines `<node|-1>, "<client process>", "<server process>"` that tie
|
and `DSSSDA_SRV` / `DSSEVT_SRV` lines `<node|-1>, "<client process>", "<server process>"` that tie
|
||||||
clients to server instances (`*` = all others). Changing it needs admin rights and a restart.
|
clients to server instances (`*` = all others). Changing it needs admin rights and a restart.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05 `dss.sup` (compared with R1.03, 2026-10-08): `DSSSDA_QUESZ` 252 → **1000**, new
|
|
||||||
`DSSMAN_QUESZ = 1000`, and two new routing lines `DSSSDA_SRV = -1, "JRSTSRV", "DSSSDARST"` and
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDA_SRV = -1, "PYDSS*", "DSSSDAPY"`. The manual (L50 §2.2) does not mention these.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 2. Quick load directives (`dssqld`)
|
## 2. Quick load directives (`dssqld`)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Besides `@FIELDS`, `@SELECT`, `@LANGUAGE` and `@<DATASET>` (tasks `export-dataset.md`,
|
Besides `@FIELDS`, `@SELECT`, `@LANGUAGE` and `@<DATASET>` (tasks `export-dataset.md`,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -87,19 +73,9 @@ Without `-d` the compiler only checks; results are in `tlsdic_dss.lst` (`<file>
|
||||||
<message>` and `<n> errors found.`). **Never run `dss -d` without the user's approval**: it rewrites
|
<message>` and `<n> errors found.`). **Never run `dss -d` without the user's approval**: it rewrites
|
||||||
`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\tlsdic_dss.dic` (host node only) and needs a restart.
|
`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\tlsdic_dss.dic` (host node only) and needs a restart.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (R1.03, 2026-10-01)
|
## Verified (2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
17 DSS processes as listed; installed `dss.sup` routing read; macro + include load of a report;
|
17 DSS processes as listed; installed `dss.sup` routing read; macro + include load of a report;
|
||||||
memo from file (relative fails, 125-character path fails, short absolute path works); `dssutl`
|
memo from file (relative fails, 125-character path fails, short absolute path works); `dssutl`
|
||||||
read of `REPORT_DF` record `CIENG_TANK1`; compiler check of all 253 installed files (0 errors,
|
read of `REPORT_DF` record `CIENG_TANK1`; compiler check of all 253 installed files (0 errors,
|
||||||
dictionary unchanged) and of a test file with a missing `>` (1 error, line/column shown).
|
dictionary unchanged) and of a test file with a missing `>` (1 error, line/column shown).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (R1.05 test server, 2026-10-08, read-only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
12 `dsssda` and 7 `dssevt` processes; `durwfp` → 0 for `DSSMAN`, `DSSSDA00`, `DSSSDA03`,
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDAOPC00`, `DSSSDARST`, `DSSSDAPY`, `DSSEVT00`; `dss.sup` and `database_start.cmd` as above;
|
|
||||||
`@SELECT` filter export of `STATUS_DF` (1 record); compiler check `dss -l -w` of a copy of all
|
|
||||||
256 installed `.dss` files (254 dataset files plus `dss_global.dss` and `opcuap_global.dss`): no
|
|
||||||
error lines in `tlsdic_dss.lst`, `tlsdic_dss.dic` date unchanged. New `.dss` files since R1.03:
|
|
||||||
`alarm_attribute_temp_df`, `api_keys_df`, `iec61850_rcb_df`, `uaserver_mapper_df`,
|
|
||||||
`opcuac_method_call2_df` (replaces `opcuac_method_call_in_df` / `_out_df`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Export dataset contents with dssqld
|
task: Export dataset contents with dssqld
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2, §5.6; IM 36K10L50-01EN §3 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2, §5.6; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); re-tested on R1.05 2026-10-08 (read-only, R1.05 test server) - whole and filtered exports, `-f`, `dssqld -h` text (identical to R1.03), long output path, `dss_*.tmp` leftovers
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Export dataset contents (dssqld)
|
# Export dataset contents (dssqld)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ dssqld -e <output>.qli -d <DATASET> -c -l <listing>.lst
|
||||||
- `-c` comma-separated output: first line is the field names, then one quoted row per record.
|
- `-c` comma-separated output: first line is the field names, then one quoted row per record.
|
||||||
- `-l` writes the result summary to a listing file.
|
- `-l` writes the result summary to a listing file.
|
||||||
- Output path **≤ 79 characters**: a longer `-e` path gives no error, but the file does not
|
- Output path **≤ 79 characters**: a longer `-e` path gives no error, but the file does not
|
||||||
appear under that name (verified, ISS-020). On R1.05 the file was written under a shortened
|
appear under that name (verified, ISS-020).
|
||||||
name: the path cut after 79 characters, then `.qli` (verified 2026-10-08).
|
|
||||||
- `-a` also exports hidden fields.
|
- `-a` also exports hidden fields.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The console (and listing) end with a summary; check `Errors` is 0:
|
The console (and listing) end with a summary; check `Errors` is 0:
|
||||||
|
|
@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ Dumps the data dictionary: every dataset with its description and fields (name,
|
||||||
description). Search it to find which dataset holds what, e.g. the version fields are in
|
description). Search it to find which dataset holds what, e.g. the version fields are in
|
||||||
`LOCAL_NODE_DF`, `HOST_NODE_DF` and `ENTERPRISE_SERVER_DF`.
|
`LOCAL_NODE_DF`, `HOST_NODE_DF` and `ENTERPRISE_SERVER_DF`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Useful datasets (R1.03, still present on R1.05)
|
## Useful datasets seen on R1.03
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Dataset | Contents |
|
| Dataset | Contents |
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|---|---|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -48,13 +47,6 @@ description). Search it to find which dataset holds what, e.g. the version field
|
||||||
| `ITEM_DF` | Item definitions: full name, section path, description, limits, format, type, station, I/O address |
|
| `ITEM_DF` | Item definitions: full name, section path, description, limits, format, type, station, I/O address |
|
||||||
| `STATUS_DF` | Item status definitions: name, number, alarm state, priority, colour, mnemonic (e.g. 9 = NORMAL) |
|
| `STATUS_DF` | Item status definitions: name, number, alarm state, priority, colour, mnemonic (e.g. 9 = NORMAL) |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On R1.05 `LOCAL_NODE_DF` shows `VERSION_MAJOR` 1, `VERSION_MINOR` 5. New datasets since R1.03
|
|
||||||
(installed `tls\src`, verified 2026-10-08): `API_KEYS_DF` (REST API keys per user),
|
|
||||||
`UASERVER_MAPPER_DF` (OPC UA Information Model Mapper), `IEC61850_RCB_DF` (IEC 61850 report
|
|
||||||
control blocks), `OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL2_DF` (replaces `OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL_IN_DF` and
|
|
||||||
`…_CALL_OUT_DF`), `ALARM_ATTRIBUTE_TEMP_DF` (alarm attributes, not documented). `ITEM_VAL` has
|
|
||||||
three new fields: `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Filtered exports
|
## Filtered exports
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Export only matching records with a filter file (IM 36K10L50 §3.6, verified 2026-09-30):
|
Export only matching records with a filter file (IM 36K10L50 §3.6, verified 2026-09-30):
|
||||||
|
|
@ -77,20 +69,4 @@ dssqld -e <output>.qli <filter>.qli [-c] -l <listing>.lst
|
||||||
- `ITEM_HISTORY` returns nothing unless the filter names `ITEM_NAME` and a `SAMPLE_TIME` range
|
- `ITEM_HISTORY` returns nothing unless the filter names `ITEM_NAME` and a `SAMPLE_TIME` range
|
||||||
(see `load-history.md`).
|
(see `load-history.md`).
|
||||||
- `%TLS_DAT_PATH%\dss_export.qli` is Yokogawa's own filter file for exporting all engineering
|
- `%TLS_DAT_PATH%\dss_export.qli` is Yokogawa's own filter file for exporting all engineering
|
||||||
definitions (`dssqld -e out.qli dss_export.qli`); it also shows `@MACRO` usage. It is the
|
definitions (`dssqld -e out.qli dss_export.qli`); it also shows `@MACRO` usage.
|
||||||
same file on R1.05 as on R1.03 and does **not** cover the IEC 61850, MQTT, OPC UA client
|
|
||||||
method/tag datasets, `UASERVER_MAPPER_DF` or `API_KEYS_DF`: export those with `-d` as well
|
|
||||||
when you back up or migrate a system (ISS-118).
|
|
||||||
- R1.05 `dssqld.sup` adds `API_KEYS_DF` to the `NO-EXPORT` list, so a full export leaves the
|
|
||||||
REST API keys out on purpose. `-d API_KEYS_DF` still exports it; treat that file as a secret,
|
|
||||||
or create new keys on the target system instead (skill `data-access`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Clean up: `dss_*.tmp` files (R1.05)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Exporting `OBJECT_DF` leaves 0-byte `dss_<n>_<id>.tmp` files in `%TLS_LST_PATH%` (`tls\lst`),
|
|
||||||
about one per object (28 files for 29 objects on the R1.05 test server, 2026-10-08); a second
|
|
||||||
export of the same objects added none. Exports of `LOCAL_NODE_DF`, `STATUS_DF`, `ITEM_DF`,
|
|
||||||
`CLASS_DF`, `REPORT_DF`, a filtered export and `-f` left none. CI Server does not remove them
|
|
||||||
(ISS-091, ISS-119). After a test session, delete the 0-byte ones written since the session
|
|
||||||
started, e.g. with `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/shared/clean_dss_tmp.ps1 -Since <start time>`.
|
|
||||||
Not checked on R1.03.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Load item history from CSV (ithloahis) and read history back (dssqld)
|
task: Load item history from CSV (ithloahis) and read history back (dssqld)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2; IM 36K10L50-01EN §3.6 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2; IM 36K10L50-01EN §3.6; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); on R1.05 `ithloahis` is installed but loading was not re-run (it writes history and the reduced CI-Eng-Sample load on the shared R1.05 test server has no storage group) - awaiting user verification
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Load item history (ithloahis) and read it back
|
# Load item history (ithloahis) and read it back
|
||||||
|
|
@ -80,14 +80,7 @@ Result columns include `NAME` (`<group>:<item>/<time>/Value`), `SAMPLE_TIME`, `I
|
||||||
`QUALITY`. Values written live (e.g. with `itmval -p`) and the value at CI Server start also
|
`QUALITY`. Values written live (e.g. with `itmval -p`) and the value at CI Server start also
|
||||||
appear.
|
appear.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05 check (awaiting user verification)
|
## Verified (CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-09-30)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On a system where the CI-Eng-Sample storage group `CIENG_EVENT` exists (full sample load,
|
|
||||||
then a CI Server restart): load the SCAN example above with `ithloahis -f <file>.csv -v`, then
|
|
||||||
read it back with the `ITEM_HISTORY` filter. Expected as on R1.03: the three LEVEL / INFLOW
|
|
||||||
samples appear in `ITEM_HISTORY` a few seconds after the load. The manual text for `ithloahis` (J10 §2.9.2) is unchanged.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (CI-Eng-Sample, R1.03, 2026-09-30)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SCAN load of LEVEL 61–63 / INFLOW 101–103 and EVENT load of LEVEL 47, 48 were all read back
|
SCAN load of LEVEL 61–63 / INFLOW 101–103 and EVENT load of LEVEL 47, 48 were all read back
|
||||||
with the filter above.
|
with the filter above.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Load and remove dataset records with dssqld (quick load)
|
task: Load and remove dataset records with dssqld (quick load)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2, §5.6; IM 36K10L50-01EN §3 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); IM 36K10L45-01EN §10.12–10.13 (5th ed.; §9.10–9.11 in the R1.03 edition); practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2, §5.6; IM 36K10L45-01EN §10.12–10.13 (5th ed.; §9.10–9.11 in the R1.03 edition); practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); on R1.05 `dssqld -i` / `-r` used in the reduced CI-Eng-Sample load on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08, 0 errors, `@VERSION 1.03.00` files accepted); `dssqld` help text identical to R1.03; `-m` and the storage-group steps not re-run on R1.05
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Load and remove dataset records (dssqld quick load)
|
# Load and remove dataset records (dssqld quick load)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ NAME,SECTION_PATH,SECTION_NAME,DESCRIPTION
|
||||||
"CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1","CI-Eng-Sample","TANK1","Sample tank 1"
|
"CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1","CI-Eng-Sample","TANK1","Sample tank 1"
|
||||||
```
|
```
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- `@VERSION` names the release the file was written for; R1.05 loads files marked
|
|
||||||
`1.03.00` without complaint (CI-Eng-Sample test, 2026-10-08).
|
|
||||||
- `@FIELDS` lists the fields in the records that follow; the next `@<DATASET>` line names
|
- `@FIELDS` lists the fields in the records that follow; the next `@<DATASET>` line names
|
||||||
the dataset. A file can hold several `@FIELDS` / `@<DATASET>` blocks.
|
the dataset. A file can hold several `@FIELDS` / `@<DATASET>` blocks.
|
||||||
- One record per line, strings in double quotes, numbers bare, comma-separated. End a line
|
- One record per line, strings in double quotes, numbers bare, comma-separated. End a line
|
||||||
|
|
@ -88,17 +86,6 @@ has passed, then delete the group. Deleting a group deletes its history.
|
||||||
- Put each step in a `.cmd` script so the order is repeatable. Run scripts by full path
|
- Put each step in a `.cmd` script so the order is repeatable. Run scripts by full path
|
||||||
(`cmd /c "<path>\load.cmd"`); a bare name may not be found from the current folder.
|
(`cmd /c "<path>\load.cmd"`); a bare name may not be found from the current folder.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Clean up after loading (R1.05)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`dssqld` leaves 0-byte `dss_<n>_<id>.tmp` files in `%TLS_LST_PATH%` (`tls\lst`), and loading a
|
|
||||||
class left one holding the class source (34 files after the CI-Eng-Sample load and remove on the
|
|
||||||
R1.05 test server, ISS-091). The read-only re-check of 2026-10-08 found that of the exports only
|
|
||||||
`OBJECT_DF` creates them (about one per object, ISS-119); which load/remove steps create them
|
|
||||||
was not narrowed down. CI Server does not delete them. After a test session, delete the files
|
|
||||||
written since it started that are empty or hold only your own test data:
|
|
||||||
`examples/CI-Eng-Sample/shared/clean_dss_tmp.ps1 -Since <start time>` (note the server time
|
|
||||||
before the first `dssqld` run). Not checked on R1.03.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified example
|
## Verified example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`examples/CI-Eng-Sample/` (`01_section_df.qli`, `02_item_df.qli`, `load.cmd`, `remove.cmd`):
|
`examples/CI-Eng-Sample/` (`01_section_df.qli`, `02_item_df.qli`, `load.cmd`, `remove.cmd`):
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Monitoring processes (intcpumon, intdskmon, inttcpmon, intmon, intspawn)
|
task: Monitoring processes (intcpumon, intdskmon, inttcpmon, intmon, intspawn)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §4.1.6 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §4.1.6; practiced with CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); on R1.05 the setup files `intcpumon.sup`, `intdskmon.sup`, `inttcpmon.sup`, `intmon.sup`, `intspawn.sup` are identical to R1.03 and `integration_start.cmd` keeps the same commented start lines (checked read-only 2026-10-08); the processes were not started on the shared R1.05 test server
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Monitoring processes
|
# Monitoring processes
|
||||||
|
|
@ -49,20 +49,13 @@ These processes do not start by default.
|
||||||
(for `intmon`, uncomment its `start /b /normal …\intmon.exe -n intmon` line; for the others
|
(for `intmon`, uncomment its `start /b /normal …\intmon.exe -n intmon` line; for the others
|
||||||
add `start /B /NORMAL %TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe\<process> -n <process>` followed by
|
add `start /B /NORMAL %TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe\<process> -n <process>` followed by
|
||||||
`start /B /NORMAL /WAIT %TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe\durwfp -p <process> -t 10`). Not yet tested.
|
`start /B /NORMAL /WAIT %TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\exe\durwfp -p <process> -t 10`). Not yet tested.
|
||||||
- **R1.05 (cleaner):** `integration_start.cmd` ends by calling every
|
|
||||||
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\com\?*_integration_start.cmd`, so the same two lines per process can go
|
|
||||||
into an own file such as `cieng_integration_start.cmd` and the installed script stays
|
|
||||||
untouched (survives upgrades). Every service start and stop script in `tls\com`
|
|
||||||
(`<service>_start.cmd` / `_stop.cmd`), `ci_start` / `ci_stop`, `ci_clean_up` and
|
|
||||||
`hacw_activate` / `hacw_deactivate` have the same kind of hook (`?*_<script name>.cmd`). Found in the installed scripts (2026-10-08), not
|
|
||||||
in the manuals and not yet tested (needs admin and a restart; ISS-121).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Check
|
## Check
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Read the target items with `itmval -g -n <item>` (status 9 once updated). With `logging`, the
|
Read the target items with `itmval -g -n <item>` (status 9 once updated). With `logging`, the
|
||||||
processes also write to `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log`.
|
processes also write to `%TLS_LOG_PATH%\umhlog.log`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified (CI-Eng-Sample, R1.03, 2026-09-30)
|
## Verified (CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-09-30)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CPU_LOAD 33.4, DISK_C 61.9, PING_LOCALHOST 1, PROC_ALM 1; `intspawn` wrote 0 and 1 to a file
|
CPU_LOAD 33.4, DISK_C 61.9, PING_LOCALHOST 1, PROC_ALM 1; `intspawn` wrote 0 and 1 to a file
|
||||||
when `PUMP1.MODE` changed. Setup files restored afterwards.
|
when `PUMP1.MODE` changed. Setup files restored afterwards.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Read and write item values with itmval
|
task: Read and write item values with itmval
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system and CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §2.9.2; practiced on the test system and CI-Eng-Sample 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30, all examples below); itmval -p/-g used on R1.05 in the CI-Eng-Sample test, 2026-10-08; read output format, limit read and error messages re-checked read-only on the R1.05 test server 2026-10-08
|
status: verified
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Read and write item values (itmval)
|
# Read and write item values (itmval)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -46,12 +46,7 @@ itmval -g -n <Section>.<Tag> -a <n>
|
||||||
```
|
```
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`<n>`: 1 deadband, 2 low, 3 high, 4 low-low, 5 high-high. The limit is returned in `Value`.
|
`<n>`: 1 deadband, 2 low, 3 high, 4 low-low, 5 high-high. The limit is returned in `Value`.
|
||||||
Items with no limits configured return `ITM-E-WRONG_ATT, Wrong attribute number used`
|
Items with no limits configured return `ITM-E-WRONG_ATT, Wrong attribute number used`.
|
||||||
(same on R1.05). An item name that does not exist gives `VIS-W-NOTFOUND, Record not found`
|
|
||||||
followed by `ISF-E-NOREC` / `GIN-E-GET` lines (R1.05, 2026-10-08).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On R1.05 `ITEM_VAL` also has the fields `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT` and `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT`
|
|
||||||
(installed `item_val.dss`); `itmval` itself has no option for them.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Write a value
|
## Write a value
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -66,10 +61,7 @@ itmval -p -n <Section>.<Tag> -v <value> [-s <status>] [-q <quality>]
|
||||||
(default local civil time); `-e` writes to event history only, not the current value.
|
(default local civil time); `-e` writes to event history only, not the current value.
|
||||||
- Read it back to confirm.
|
- Read it back to confirm.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified examples (CI-Eng-Sample, R1.03)
|
## Verified examples (CI-Eng-Sample)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On R1.05 the CI-Eng-Sample test (2026-10-08) used `itmval -p` and `-g` on the sample items in
|
|
||||||
the same way, with the same output format (`Value` / `Status` / `Options` / `Quality`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Command | Result |
|
| Command | Result |
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|---|---|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
task: Tuning checks (read-only)
|
task: Tuning checks (read-only)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §5.5.1 (5th ed., Feb. 2026); practiced on the test system 2026-09-30 (R1.03)
|
source: IM 36K10J10-01EN §5.5.1; practiced on the test system 2026-09-30
|
||||||
status: verified (read-only checks) on R1.03 (2026-09-30) and on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08: setup-file limits, snapshot files, itmdbg code 2)
|
status: verified (read-only checks)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Tuning checks (read-only)
|
# Tuning checks (read-only)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ means editing setup files and restarting CI Server: ask the user first.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Read the active (non-`!`) lines:
|
Read the active (non-`!`) lines:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| File | Keyword | Meaning | R1.03 and R1.05 test systems |
|
| File | Keyword | Meaning | Test system |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| `dur.sup` | `dur_max_proc` | Max processes (default 250) | 250 |
|
| `dur.sup` | `dur_max_proc` | Max processes (default 250) | 250 |
|
||||||
| `dur.sup` | `pool_kbytes` | DUR message pool | 250000 |
|
| `dur.sup` | `pool_kbytes` | DUR message pool | 250000 |
|
||||||
| `itm.sup` | `pool_kbytes` | Item common memory pool | 650000 (`itm.sup` identical on R1.05) |
|
| `itm.sup` | `pool_kbytes` | Item common memory pool | 650000 |
|
||||||
| `database_start.cmd` (`tls\com`) | `-u` / `-f` | Max database users (default 2K) / files (default 1,200) | not checked |
|
| `database_start.cmd` (`tls\com`) | `-u` / `-f` | Max database users (default 2K) / files (default 1,200) | not checked |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Live values: automatic health snapshots
|
## Live values: automatic health snapshots
|
||||||
|
|
@ -34,18 +34,9 @@ Read the newest entries:
|
||||||
| `*_ismdbg_all.log` | `Total number of lock collisions`, users, files | Collisions not rising above 250/s; entries below 80 % of max users |
|
| `*_ismdbg_all.log` | `Total number of lock collisions`, users, files | Collisions not rising above 250/s; entries below 80 % of max users |
|
||||||
| `*_smdsnp_process.log` | Number of processes | Well below `dur_max_proc` |
|
| `*_smdsnp_process.log` | Number of processes | Well below `dur_max_proc` |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Test system (R1.03, 2026-09-30): common memory 665.6 MB, free 665.3 MB; queues empty; 3 lock
|
Test system (2026-09-30): common memory 665.6 MB, free 665.3 MB; queues empty; 3 lock
|
||||||
collisions in total.
|
collisions in total.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05 (2026-10-08): same file naming with the node name (`smd_<node>_LOW_<debugger>_all.log`,
|
|
||||||
previous one kept as `.old`). New snapshots from the system monitor (`smdmon_config.csv`):
|
|
||||||
`*_netstat_anob.log` (open IP ports with their processes) and `*_curl_isgsnap.log` (a snapshot
|
|
||||||
from the web server at `http://localhost:8080/isgsnap`). The system monitor switches
|
|
||||||
`umhlog` logging on with size argument `l40` (R1.03: `l4`); on the R1.05 test server
|
|
||||||
`umhlog.old` was about 40 MB, so the message log now rolls over at about 40 MB (R1.03 size
|
|
||||||
limit not observed).
|
|
||||||
The low-level snapshot script writes `InstalledProducts.txt` with PowerShell instead of `wmic`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Live values from the interactive debuggers (read-only)
|
## Live values from the interactive debuggers (read-only)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The debuggers ask for a code; pipe the answers in and end with `-1` (exit). Use only the
|
The debuggers ask for a code; pipe the answers in and end with `-1` (exit). Use only the
|
||||||
|
|
@ -56,8 +47,7 @@ read-only codes listed in the manual summaries:
|
||||||
| `printf '2\n-1\n' \| itmdbg` | item common size/free, number of items, integration granule, update counters | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` §4 |
|
| `printf '2\n-1\n' \| itmdbg` | item common size/free, number of items, integration granule, update counters | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` §4 |
|
||||||
| `printf '1\n-1\n' \| eqpdbg 0 <EQP process>` | equipment manager: lines attached, scan tick, slave count, line load % | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L40-01EN.md` §3 |
|
| `printf '1\n-1\n' \| eqpdbg 0 <EQP process>` | equipment manager: lines attached, scan tick, slave count, line load % | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L40-01EN.md` §3 |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Verified 2026-09-30 (bash, R1.03); `itmdbg` code 2 also on R1.05 (2026-10-08, piped from
|
Verified 2026-09-30 (bash). Other codes change the running system (delete items, unlock,
|
||||||
PowerShell: common size 665.6 MB, free 665.1 MB). Other codes change the running system (delete items, unlock,
|
|
||||||
update scan status); do not use them without the user's approval.
|
update scan status); do not use them without the user's approval.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Not yet practiced
|
## Not yet practiced
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ development system (see "Test system" in `progress.md`); they do not exist on ot
|
||||||
| ISS-015 | 2026-09-30 | Setup File Editor | In `wfla_display.sup` the seven main keywords (`RELATION_LOCATION` … `TIMER_INTERVAL`) come before the only tab line `!TAB = Debug`. By IM 36K10R20 §3.1, keywords before the first `!TAB` are not shown, yet IM 36K10R10 §4.4.1 shows them on a *General* tab. What the editor really shows is unknown. | closed | Closed 2026-09-30 (checked in the Setup File Editor by the user; installed software is the reference). The editor shows keywords placed before the first `!TAB` on a **General** tab, followed by the defined tabs: `wfla_display.sup` shows *General* (all 7 fields, values as in the file) and *Debug*. The manual's statement that such keywords are ignored does not hold in R1.03. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md` §3; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` §4; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/change-setup-file.md` |
|
| ISS-015 | 2026-09-30 | Setup File Editor | In `wfla_display.sup` the seven main keywords (`RELATION_LOCATION` … `TIMER_INTERVAL`) come before the only tab line `!TAB = Debug`. By IM 36K10R20 §3.1, keywords before the first `!TAB` are not shown, yet IM 36K10R10 §4.4.1 shows them on a *General* tab. What the editor really shows is unknown. | closed | Closed 2026-09-30 (checked in the Setup File Editor by the user; installed software is the reference). The editor shows keywords placed before the first `!TAB` on a **General** tab, followed by the defined tabs: `wfla_display.sup` shows *General* (all 7 fields, values as in the file) and *Debug*. The manual's statement that such keywords are ignored does not hold in R1.03. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md` §3; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` §4; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/change-setup-file.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-016 | 2026-09-30 | Setup File Editor | The R1.03 editor has features IM 36K10R20 §2 does not describe: a *Templates* tab next to *Setup Files*; a *Status* column in the file list (e.g. "Default"); *Undo Field* and *Reset Field* buttons on the edit form besides OK/Cancel/Help; a status bar with the selected file's description and the time. | closed | Installed software is the reference (user decision). 2026-09-30, tested on `wfla_display.sup` (`DUR_QUEUE_SIZE` 1000 → 2000): clicking **OK writes the file immediately** (only the active line changed; the manual says OK keeps the change in memory until Exit). Status becomes **Changed** when an active value differs from the file's `!DEFAULT` block; the changed field's label turns **blue**. *Reset Field* is enabled when the cursor is in a changed field; *Reset Field* + *OK* put the value back to the `!DEFAULT` value (2000 → 1000) and wrote the file at once (16:22:28); the rest of the file was unchanged. Still to find: what *Templates* holds and what *Undo Field* does. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md` §2; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/change-setup-file.md` |
|
| ISS-016 | 2026-09-30 | Setup File Editor | The R1.03 editor has features IM 36K10R20 §2 does not describe: a *Templates* tab next to *Setup Files*; a *Status* column in the file list (e.g. "Default"); *Undo Field* and *Reset Field* buttons on the edit form besides OK/Cancel/Help; a status bar with the selected file's description and the time. | closed | Installed software is the reference (user decision). 2026-09-30, tested on `wfla_display.sup` (`DUR_QUEUE_SIZE` 1000 → 2000): clicking **OK writes the file immediately** (only the active line changed; the manual says OK keeps the change in memory until Exit). Status becomes **Changed** when an active value differs from the file's `!DEFAULT` block; the changed field's label turns **blue**. *Reset Field* is enabled when the cursor is in a changed field; *Reset Field* + *OK* put the value back to the `!DEFAULT` value (2000 → 1000) and wrote the file at once (16:22:28); the rest of the file was unchanged. Still to find: what *Templates* holds and what *Undo Field* does. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md` §2; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/change-setup-file.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-017 | 2026-09-30 | CI Portal setup files | IM 36K10R10 §4 says the logon method is the one user-interface setting normally changed, but the R1.03 `jwuiisg.sup` *Information* tab says the login method and login control settings have moved to `dssana.sup` (authentication and authorization). `dssana.sup` is not described in R10. | closed | Installed software is the reference. 2026-09-30: `dssana.sup` ("Authentication and authorization setup") has tabs General, User Interfaces, Clients System Trust, Login control (`LOGIN_METHOD = <client>, <user interface>, <method>, …`), Active Directory, Single Sign On, Password rules, Logging. Manuals mentioning it: IM 36K01A50 (5×), 36K10C10 (6×), 36K10J40 (13×), 36K10L45 (2×), 36K10L50 (3×). Cover it in phase 5 (C10) and phase 13 (J40). 2026-09-30: login methods (Automatic, Manual CI Server, Manual OS, No, SSO, Deny) now summarized from C10 §2.2 in `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md`; AD/SSO details remain for J40. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` §4; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/SKILL.md` |
|
| ISS-017 | 2026-09-30 | CI Portal setup files | IM 36K10R10 §4 says the logon method is the one user-interface setting normally changed, but the R1.03 `jwuiisg.sup` *Information* tab says the login method and login control settings have moved to `dssana.sup` (authentication and authorization). `dssana.sup` is not described in R10. | closed | Installed software is the reference. 2026-09-30: `dssana.sup` ("Authentication and authorization setup") has tabs General, User Interfaces, Clients System Trust, Login control (`LOGIN_METHOD = <client>, <user interface>, <method>, …`), Active Directory, Single Sign On, Password rules, Logging. Manuals mentioning it: IM 36K01A50 (5×), 36K10C10 (6×), 36K10J40 (13×), 36K10L45 (2×), 36K10L50 (3×). Cover it in phase 5 (C10) and phase 13 (J40). 2026-09-30: login methods (Automatic, Manual CI Server, Manual OS, No, SSO, Deny) now summarized from C10 §2.2 in `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md`; AD/SSO details remain for J40. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` §4; `.claude/skills/portal-setup/SKILL.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-018 | 2026-09-30 | Authorization (`dssana.sup`) | IM 36K10C10 §2.2 says the *No* login method applies the user profile `FT_NO_LOGIN`; the installed `dssana.sup` names `CI_NO_LOGIN` (and `CI_NO_LOGIN_OPCUAS` for anonymous OPC UA) as the no-login profile. `USER_DF` on the test system has `CI_NO_LOGIN_OPCUAS` but no `CI_NO_LOGIN`. | closed | R1.05 (2026-10-08): the manual now names CI_NO_LOGIN, see ISS-125. Installed software is the reference: use `CI_NO_LOGIN`. Answered in phase 13 (2026-10-01): the `dssana.sup` help says that when no user with the no-login profile name exists, **full authorization** is used (not "no profile" as IM 36K10C10 says). Verified indirectly: `Quickload Utility` has *No* login with an empty profile, and every `dssqld` change is recorded in the audit trail as user `FULL AUTHORIZATION`. Documented in `authorization/tasks/login-methods.md` (create a restricted `CI_NO_LOGIN` user before using *No* login). Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §2 |
|
| ISS-018 | 2026-09-30 | Authorization (`dssana.sup`) | IM 36K10C10 §2.2 says the *No* login method applies the user profile `FT_NO_LOGIN`; the installed `dssana.sup` names `CI_NO_LOGIN` (and `CI_NO_LOGIN_OPCUAS` for anonymous OPC UA) as the no-login profile. `USER_DF` on the test system has `CI_NO_LOGIN_OPCUAS` but no `CI_NO_LOGIN`. | closed | Installed software is the reference: use `CI_NO_LOGIN`. Answered in phase 13 (2026-10-01): the `dssana.sup` help says that when no user with the no-login profile name exists, **full authorization** is used (not "no profile" as IM 36K10C10 says). Verified indirectly: `Quickload Utility` has *No* login with an empty profile, and every `dssqld` change is recorded in the audit trail as user `FULL AUTHORIZATION`. Documented in `authorization/tasks/login-methods.md` (create a restricted `CI_NO_LOGIN` user before using *No* login). Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §2 |
|
||||||
| ISS-019 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM (string items) | Maximum string item length differs by source: IM 36K10C10 §3.3.4 says default 80, max 100; the Tutorial summary says up to 168 without audit; the data dictionary (`dssqld -f`) gives `ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGTH` range 1–200, default 80. | closed | R1.05 (2026-10-08): the manuals now say max 200 bytes, see ISS-124. Tested 2026-09-30 on CI-Eng-Sample (`dssqld -i`, `itmval -p/-g`, non-elevated): `STRING_LENGTH` 100, 168 and 200 load with or without `AUDIT_INFO`; 201 fails with `DSS-E-VAL_RANGE`. An item holds **length − 1** characters: a 99-character value in a length-100 item is stored with status 9 NORMAL; longer values are cut to length − 1 with status **12 OVERRANGED** (100 → 99, 200 → 199, 201 → 199). So the data dictionary (1–200) is right. Test items removed. Closed 2026-09-30 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §3; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md` (items); `.claude/skills/item-engineering/SKILL.md` |
|
| ISS-019 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM (string items) | Maximum string item length differs by source: IM 36K10C10 §3.3.4 says default 80, max 100; the Tutorial summary says up to 168 without audit; the data dictionary (`dssqld -f`) gives `ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGTH` range 1–200, default 80. | closed | Tested 2026-09-30 on CI-Eng-Sample (`dssqld -i`, `itmval -p/-g`, non-elevated): `STRING_LENGTH` 100, 168 and 200 load with or without `AUDIT_INFO`; 201 fails with `DSS-E-VAL_RANGE`. An item holds **length − 1** characters: a 99-character value in a length-100 item is stored with status 9 NORMAL; longer values are cut to length − 1 with status **12 OVERRANGED** (100 → 99, 200 → 199, 201 → 199). So the data dictionary (1–200) is right. Test items removed. Closed 2026-09-30 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` §3; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md` (items); `.claude/skills/item-engineering/SKILL.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-020 | 2026-09-30 | DATABASE (`dssqld`) | `dssqld -i "<long absolute path>\user.qli"` failed with `CRL-E-ENOENT` / `DSSQ-E-QLD_FILOPN`: the path in the message was cut after 79 characters (`…\73b3559a-12.`). A relative file name from the same folder works. Similar to the `intspawn` path limit (ISS-007). | closed | R1.05 (2026-10-08): same limit, see ISS-123. Tested 2026-10-01: the limit is **79 characters** for the whole path. An input file of 80–81 characters gives `DSSQ-E-Q_QLIEXT` (the name is cut, e.g. `….ql`), 85+ gives `CRL-E-ENOENT`. An `-e` output path of 80+ characters gives **no error**, but no file appears under the given name. Documented: keep paths ≤ 79 characters, or `cd` to the folder and use relative names. Close when the user confirms. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/load-remove-records.md`; `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/export-dataset.md` |
|
| ISS-020 | 2026-09-30 | DATABASE (`dssqld`) | `dssqld -i "<long absolute path>\user.qli"` failed with `CRL-E-ENOENT` / `DSSQ-E-QLD_FILOPN`: the path in the message was cut after 79 characters (`…\73b3559a-12.`). A relative file name from the same folder works. Similar to the `intspawn` path limit (ISS-007). | closed | Tested 2026-10-01: the limit is **79 characters** for the whole path. An input file of 80–81 characters gives `DSSQ-E-Q_QLIEXT` (the name is cut, e.g. `….ql`), 85+ gives `CRL-E-ENOENT`. An `-e` output path of 80+ characters gives **no error**, but no file appears under the given name. Documented: keep paths ≤ 79 characters, or `cd` to the folder and use relative names. Close when the user confirms. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/load-remove-records.md`; `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/export-dataset.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-021 | 2026-09-30 | EQUIPMENT (`eqpiostat`) | IM 36K10L40 §2 says `eqpiostat` stores hourly I/O statistics per station line in "history group STATION_STAT". On the test system `eqpiostat` runs (started by `equipment_start.cmd` on the host node) and `STATION_STAT` is a dataset, but `dssqld -e` returned 0 records, also with filters on `TIME_STAMP` and `STATION` (AID Modbus stations, which send requests). | closed | Answered 2026-10-01: with `CIENG_PLC` communicating (Modbus slave mirror running), `STATION_STAT` holds one record per hour per station line (10 records since 30-09-2026 18:00; e.g. `TIMESPAN` 831 s, `SENDS`/`GOODANS` 1560/1560, no errors). The earlier empty export had no communicating station. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L40-01EN.md` §2 |
|
| ISS-021 | 2026-09-30 | EQUIPMENT (`eqpiostat`) | IM 36K10L40 §2 says `eqpiostat` stores hourly I/O statistics per station line in "history group STATION_STAT". On the test system `eqpiostat` runs (started by `equipment_start.cmd` on the host node) and `STATION_STAT` is a dataset, but `dssqld -e` returned 0 records, also with filters on `TIME_STAMP` and `STATION` (AID Modbus stations, which send requests). | closed | Answered 2026-10-01: with `CIENG_PLC` communicating (Modbus slave mirror running), `STATION_STAT` holds one record per hour per station line (10 records since 30-09-2026 18:00; e.g. `TIMESPAN` 831 s, `SENDS`/`GOODANS` 1560/1560, no errors). The earlier empty export had no communicating station. Closed 2026-10-01 (confirmed by user). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L40-01EN.md` §2 |
|
||||||
| ISS-022 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM (`itmval -f`) | `itmval -f <file> vs -n CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1.LEVEL` (IM 36K10L36 §1.4, write a restore command) crashes with a segmentation fault (bash) / access violation 0xC0000005 (PowerShell) and writes no file; also with `-l`. The manual's space-separated form `-n <inst> <unit> <tag>` is rejected with `FSL-E-NARG_ALL`. `itmval -g`/`-p` work. | open | Workaround: build restore lines from `itmval -g` output. Report to Yokogawa support if needed. Retested 2026-10-01 with the documented syntax `itmval -f <file> <opts> -n <item>` (`<opts>` = letters from `vsqo`, e.g. `vs`): still a segmentation fault from bash and from `cmd`, in a short and a long folder, relative or absolute file name; `cmd` leaves an **empty** file. Also crashes right after a CI Server restart (so not the licence-time effect of ISS-030). Treat `-f` as broken on R1.03.00; report to Yokogawa support if needed. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` §3; `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/read-write-item.md` |
|
| ISS-022 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM (`itmval -f`) | `itmval -f <file> vs -n CI-Eng-Sample.TANK1.LEVEL` (IM 36K10L36 §1.4, write a restore command) crashes with a segmentation fault (bash) / access violation 0xC0000005 (PowerShell) and writes no file; also with `-l`. The manual's space-separated form `-n <inst> <unit> <tag>` is rejected with `FSL-E-NARG_ALL`. `itmval -g`/`-p` work. | open | Workaround: build restore lines from `itmval -g` output. Report to Yokogawa support if needed. Retested 2026-10-01 with the documented syntax `itmval -f <file> <opts> -n <item>` (`<opts>` = letters from `vsqo`, e.g. `vs`): still a segmentation fault from bash and from `cmd`, in a short and a long folder, relative or absolute file name; `cmd` leaves an **empty** file. Also crashes right after a CI Server restart (so not the licence-time effect of ISS-030). Treat `-f` as broken on R1.03.00; report to Yokogawa support if needed. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` §3; `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/read-write-item.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-023 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM / ITH (manual vs install) | Installed ITEM Service differs from IM 36K10L35/L36: `item_start.cmd` starts `itheix` (EVENT/ITEM storage, not described), aggregation `ithsag`/`ithrag`, two instances of each retrieve process, and `itmtim 100 1000 1 200 1` (five arguments, three documented); `itm.sup` item pool is 650000 KB (manual default 50000) and has `not_regained` (not described); `itheix.sup` has `max_sample_delay`, `max_samples_queued`, `max_open_files`. | closed | Closed 2026-09-30 (user decision: the installed software is the reference). Summaries describe the installed values. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L35-01EN.md`; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` |
|
| ISS-023 | 2026-09-30 | ITEM / ITH (manual vs install) | Installed ITEM Service differs from IM 36K10L35/L36: `item_start.cmd` starts `itheix` (EVENT/ITEM storage, not described), aggregation `ithsag`/`ithrag`, two instances of each retrieve process, and `itmtim 100 1000 1 200 1` (five arguments, three documented); `itm.sup` item pool is 650000 KB (manual default 50000) and has `not_regained` (not described); `itheix.sup` has `max_sample_delay`, `max_samples_queued`, `max_open_files`. | closed | Closed 2026-09-30 (user decision: the installed software is the reference). Summaries describe the installed values. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L35-01EN.md`; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L36-01EN.md` |
|
||||||
|
|
@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ development system (see "Test system" in `progress.md`); they do not exist on ot
|
||||||
| ISS-071 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (layout commands, desktop) | Only one layout command can run at a time: five *Execute command* `ACTION navigate …` actions in one *On entry* gave *IllegalStateException: A command is already being executed* (2026-10-03); reproduced 2026-10-06 with two `ACTION reload all` on one button (test display `CIENG_Test`). Layout commands cannot be chained (`Layouts.readme` has no separator). | open | Documented in `layouts.md` §3. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md` §3 (done) |
|
| ISS-071 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (layout commands, desktop) | Only one layout command can run at a time: five *Execute command* `ACTION navigate …` actions in one *On entry* gave *IllegalStateException: A command is already being executed* (2026-10-03); reproduced 2026-10-06 with two `ACTION reload all` on one button (test display `CIENG_Test`). Layout commands cannot be chained (`Layouts.readme` has no separator). | open | Documented in `layouts.md` §3. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md` §3 (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-072 | 2026-10-06 | AUTH (users, quick load) | A user loaded with `dssqld` without a `PASSWORD` field (as `users-groups.md` advised: "a password is not required on import") has **no** password set: every logon fails with *DSS-E-UNK_USER Unknown user name/password combination*, also with an empty password; clearing the password in the Engineering Module made it work. With `PASSWORD ""` given explicitly the user logs on with an empty password on the desktop and the web (sample user `CIENG`, 2026-10-06). | closed | Answered by test 2026-10-06; `users-groups.md` corrected, sample `08b_user_df.qli` uses `PASSWORD ""`. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/authorization/tasks/users-groups.md` (done); `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/08b_user_df.qli` (done) |
|
| ISS-072 | 2026-10-06 | AUTH (users, quick load) | A user loaded with `dssqld` without a `PASSWORD` field (as `users-groups.md` advised: "a password is not required on import") has **no** password set: every logon fails with *DSS-E-UNK_USER Unknown user name/password combination*, also with an empty password; clearing the password in the Engineering Module made it work. With `PASSWORD ""` given explicitly the user logs on with an empty password on the desktop and the web (sample user `CIENG`, 2026-10-06). | closed | Answered by test 2026-10-06; `users-groups.md` corrected, sample `08b_user_df.qli` uses `PASSWORD ""`. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/authorization/tasks/users-groups.md` (done); `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/08b_user_df.qli` (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-073 | 2026-10-06 | DSS (remove group / DSSSDA) | Removing an authorization group while a session of one of its users is open fails with *DSSP-E-NODEL … in dataset USER_VAL*; after logging out the session was still referenced, and a retry stopped the process `DSSSDA03` (*DUR-F-BAD_SIZE, Negative size not allowed*; `DUR-W-REM_PROC … exited unexpectedly`); following DSS requests failed with *DUR-F-UNKNOWN_ATT … DSSSDA03* until CI Server was restarted (2026-10-06). After the restart the group was removed without error. `USER_VAL` exports only its header, so open sessions cannot be listed. | open | Workaround: log out the user's sessions and restart CI Server before removing the group; noted in the sample `remove.cmd` / README and `users-groups.md`. Not repeated on purpose (it stops a CI Server process). Report to Yokogawa. | `.claude/skills/authorization/tasks/users-groups.md` (done); `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/remove.cmd`, `README.md` (done) |
|
| ISS-073 | 2026-10-06 | DSS (remove group / DSSSDA) | Removing an authorization group while a session of one of its users is open fails with *DSSP-E-NODEL … in dataset USER_VAL*; after logging out the session was still referenced, and a retry stopped the process `DSSSDA03` (*DUR-F-BAD_SIZE, Negative size not allowed*; `DUR-W-REM_PROC … exited unexpectedly`); following DSS requests failed with *DUR-F-UNKNOWN_ATT … DSSSDA03* until CI Server was restarted (2026-10-06). After the restart the group was removed without error. `USER_VAL` exports only its header, so open sessions cannot be listed. | open | Workaround: log out the user's sessions and restart CI Server before removing the group; noted in the sample `remove.cmd` / README and `users-groups.md`. Not repeated on purpose (it stops a CI Server process). Report to Yokogawa. | `.claude/skills/authorization/tasks/users-groups.md` (done); `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/remove.cmd`, `README.md` (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-074 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (HTML display login) | IM 36K10R30 §4 lists the user profile fields used by the HTML display login as "… initial display, locale (layout not)". On R1.03.00 the profile's *Layout* is used too: a logon as `CIENG` (layout `CIENG_Operator`) at `/mobileoperator/` without `?l=` opened `CIENG_Operator` (2026-10-02 with ADMIN, 2026-10-06 with `CIENG`). | closed | Closed 2026-10-08 by ISS-095: the manual also marks Layout as supported; the earlier reading came from a garbled text extraction. Installed software is the reference; R30 summary and `layouts.md` §3 updated. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md` §3, §5 (done) |
|
| ISS-074 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (HTML display login) | IM 36K10R30 §4 lists the user profile fields used by the HTML display login as "… initial display, locale (layout not)". On R1.03.00 the profile's *Layout* is used too: a logon as `CIENG` (layout `CIENG_Operator`) at `/mobileoperator/` without `?l=` opened `CIENG_Operator` (2026-10-02 with ADMIN, 2026-10-06 with `CIENG`). | open | Installed software is the reference; R30 summary and `layouts.md` §3 updated. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md` §3, §5 (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-075 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (`jwuiutl -v`) | `deploy-displays.md` called `jwuiutl -v` "report only", but `jwuiutl -d -v -i -l <log> <display>` re-saves the validated display (normalised XML: defaults dropped, positions as attributes; 9 618 → 11 191 bytes for `CIENG_Test`, 2026-10-06). On 2026-10-02 a validation of eight displays hung on one and left `<name>.lck` and `<name>.xml.tmp`; not reproduced on 2026-10-06. | open | Documented in `deploy-displays.md` §2 and the C50 summary. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/deploy-displays.md` §2 (done); `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (done) |
|
| ISS-075 | 2026-10-06 | GRAPHICS (`jwuiutl -v`) | `deploy-displays.md` called `jwuiutl -v` "report only", but `jwuiutl -d -v -i -l <log> <display>` re-saves the validated display (normalised XML: defaults dropped, positions as attributes; 9 618 → 11 191 bytes for `CIENG_Test`, 2026-10-06). On 2026-10-02 a validation of eight displays hung on one and left `<name>.lck` and `<name>.xml.tmp`; not reproduced on 2026-10-06. | open | Documented in `deploy-displays.md` §2 and the C50 summary. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/deploy-displays.md` §2 (done); `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-076 | 2026-10-08 | EQUIPMENT (IEC 104 naming, R1.05) | IM 36K10L41 5th ed. §3.31.1–3.31.2 still calls the IEC 104 manager `eqp104` / `eqp104.sup` and says its name starts with "eqp". R1.05 installs `eqt104.exe` (no `eqp104.exe`), template `eta104_eqt.sup`, and `IEC104_LINE_DF.EQUIPMENT_MAN` defaults to `EQT104` (R1.05 test server, read-only). App. 1.3 gives upgrade steps for IEC 61850 only. Unknown whether an R1.03 IEC 104 line needs the same renaming after an upgrade. | open | Installed software is the reference; summaries use `EQT104`. Needs an upgrade test or a Yokogawa answer. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L41-01EN.md` §1–2, §3.28–3.31 row (done); `.claude/skills/equipment/SKILL.md` (done) |
|
| ISS-076 | 2026-10-08 | EQUIPMENT (IEC 104 naming, R1.05) | IM 36K10L41 5th ed. §3.31.1–3.31.2 still calls the IEC 104 manager `eqp104` / `eqp104.sup` and says its name starts with "eqp". R1.05 installs `eqt104.exe` (no `eqp104.exe`), template `eta104_eqt.sup`, and `IEC104_LINE_DF.EQUIPMENT_MAN` defaults to `EQT104` (R1.05 test server, read-only). App. 1.3 gives upgrade steps for IEC 61850 only. Unknown whether an R1.03 IEC 104 line needs the same renaming after an upgrade. | open | Installed software is the reference; summaries use `EQT104`. Needs an upgrade test or a Yokogawa answer. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L41-01EN.md` §1–2, §3.28–3.31 row (done); `.claude/skills/equipment/SKILL.md` (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-077 | 2026-10-08 | EQUIPMENT (IEC 104 setup file, R1.05) | The installed template `eta104_eqt.sup` has a keyword `quality_code_parsing = Y\|N` (default N) that moves IEC 104 cause of transmission and quality flags into the item quality field instead of the item status. The 5th ed. manual does not describe it. | open | Behaviour not tested (no IEC 104 device). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L41-01EN.md` §3.28–3.31 row (done) |
|
| ISS-077 | 2026-10-08 | EQUIPMENT (IEC 104 setup file, R1.05) | The installed template `eta104_eqt.sup` has a keyword `quality_code_parsing = Y\|N` (default N) that moves IEC 104 cause of transmission and quality flags into the item quality field instead of the item status. The 5th ed. manual does not describe it. | open | Behaviour not tested (no IEC 104 device). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L41-01EN.md` §3.28–3.31 row (done) |
|
||||||
|
|
@ -110,36 +110,4 @@ development system (see "Test system" in `progress.md`); they do not exist on ot
|
||||||
| ISS-088 | 2026-10-08 | WINDOWS (WMIC) | IM 36K01C10 5th ed. App. 1.3 still uses `wmic qfe list full`, but WMIC is not installed on Windows Server 2025 / 24H2 (missing on the R1.05 test server). `Get-HotFix` works there. | closed | Use `Get-HotFix`. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C10-01EN.md`; `tools/setup_check.ps1` |
|
| ISS-088 | 2026-10-08 | WINDOWS (WMIC) | IM 36K01C10 5th ed. App. 1.3 still uses `wmic qfe list full`, but WMIC is not installed on Windows Server 2025 / 24H2 (missing on the R1.05 test server). `Get-HotFix` works there. | closed | Use `Get-HotFix`. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C10-01EN.md`; `tools/setup_check.ps1` |
|
||||||
| ISS-089 | 2026-10-08 | INSTALLATION (local groups, R1.05) | On the R1.05 test server (no dual-redundant platform, no IT Security Tool) the local group `RDC_GA_CLIENT` exists with member `CIX_PROCESS`. The Security Guide mentions this group only for the dual-redundant platform (IM 36K01C30 5th ed. §4.9). | closed | Information only: apparently created by the installer; no action. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C30-01EN.md` |
|
| ISS-089 | 2026-10-08 | INSTALLATION (local groups, R1.05) | On the R1.05 test server (no dual-redundant platform, no IT Security Tool) the local group `RDC_GA_CLIENT` exists with member `CIX_PROCESS`. The Security Guide mentions this group only for the dual-redundant platform (IM 36K01C30 5th ed. §4.9). | closed | Information only: apparently created by the installer; no action. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C30-01EN.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-090 | 2026-10-08 | DOCS (CI Server + PRM) | IM 36K01C10 5th ed. §4.1.1 requires PRM R4.06 or later in a note but R4.08 or later in Table 4.1.1-1 (integration code 1901-0302-03-01). | open | Use R4.08 until clarified (from docs; no PRM available). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C10-01EN.md` |
|
| ISS-090 | 2026-10-08 | DOCS (CI Server + PRM) | IM 36K01C10 5th ed. §4.1.1 requires PRM R4.06 or later in a note but R4.08 or later in Table 4.1.1-1 (integration code 1901-0302-03-01). | open | Use R4.08 until clarified (from docs; no PRM available). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K01C10-01EN.md` |
|
||||||
| ISS-091 | 2026-10-08 | DSS (temporary files) | Each `dssqld` run (exports and quick loads) left a 0-byte `dss_<n>_<id>.tmp` in `%TLS_LST_PATH%`, and loading a class left a `dss_*.tmp` holding the class source (R1.05 test server: 34 files after one session of checks and a sample load/remove). They are not removed by CI Server. | closed | Corrected by ISS-119: not every dssqld run leaves such a file. Test cleanup deletes them: `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/shared/clean_dss_tmp.ps1 -Since <test start>` (0-byte files and files with sample text only). Not checked on R1.03. Close when the user confirms. | `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/README.md` (done); `knowledge/r105-verification.md` (done) |
|
| ISS-091 | 2026-10-08 | DSS (temporary files) | Each `dssqld` run (exports and quick loads) left a 0-byte `dss_<n>_<id>.tmp` in `%TLS_LST_PATH%`, and loading a class left a `dss_*.tmp` holding the class source (R1.05 test server: 34 files after one session of checks and a sample load/remove). They are not removed by CI Server. | closed | Test cleanup deletes them: `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/shared/clean_dss_tmp.ps1 -Since <test start>` (0-byte files and files with sample text only). Not checked on R1.03. Close when the user confirms. | `examples/CI-Eng-Sample/README.md` (done); `knowledge/r105-verification.md` (done) |
|
||||||
| ISS-092 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (installed files R1.05) | Read-only comparison of the R1.05 graphics files with R1.03 not done (remote commands refused): `Layouts.readme`, factory layouts, DEPLOY structure, `jwuiutl.cmd` and help, `connectrdp.cmd`, mobileoperator files, AOG/symbol lists. | open | Awaiting user verification (`knowledge/r105-verification.md` V5). | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md`, `deploy-displays.md`; `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R30-01EN.md` |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-093 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (HTML display enterprise / restrictions) | IM 36K10R30 4th ed. marks enterprise operation as supported on the HTML display (§4.4, §4.7.15 removed, §4.8) and changes §4.10: no more "no automatic reconnect" and "no HTML export from CI View"; new "HIS-TSE not supported on the web". Not in the revision table in that detail. | open | Not tested (no enterprise setup; shared server). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/deploy-displays.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-094 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (`jwuiutl`) | IM 36K10C50 5th ed. §1.5 describes `jwuiutl -m/-M` output as space-separated; on R1.03 it was comma-separated. On R1.03 an export without `-o` wrote into `mobileoperator\operatorInterfaces\<deployment>`, not the current directory as the help says. R1.05 behaviour not checked. | open | `jwuiutl --help` is read-only (V5); a search run only on a non-shared system. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/deploy-displays.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-095 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (HTML display login, corrects ISS-074) | IM 36K10R30 §4.4 Table 4.4-1 marks the profile *Layout* as supported on the HTML display in both R1.03 and R1.05; a table-aware extraction shows it clearly. ISS-074's "layout not" came from a garbled text extraction: manual and software agree. | closed | ISS-074 closed by this. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R30-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/layouts.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-096 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (web trend 50 pens, R1.05) | Not known whether the R1.05 web client still draws a trend only with 50 visible pens (ISS-041). | open | Check `PEN_COUNT_LIMIT` in the R1.05 mobileoperator chart code (V5) or test on a non-shared system. Workaround kept. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/trend.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-097 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (AOG demo displays) | IM 36K10C60 R1.04 §1.2.2 names `AOG_UAC_Method_Demo`, `AOG_UAC_MethodArg_Call2`, `AOG_OPCUA_Methods`; the R1.03 machine has `AOG_UAC_Method_Demo`, `AOG_UAC_MethodArg_Call`, `AOG_UAC_Method_Call`. R1.05 names not listed yet (the data-access re-check saw `AOG_UAC_Method_Demo`, `…_Call`, `…_MethodArg_Call(2)`). | open | Part of V5. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C60-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-098 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS (Generic Functions) | IM 36K10C50: *Calculation/Function* renamed *Generic Functions*; new operations Password Check (R1.04; needs login method *Manual CI Server* / *Manual OS* for the Password Check function in `dssana.sup`) and RDP Connect (R1.05, `tls\com\connectrdp.cmd`). | open | Not tested (Edit Module and an RDP target needed). Cross-reference in skill `authorization` to be added in its re-check. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/create-display.md` (done); `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C50-01EN.md` (done); `.claude/skills/authorization` (open) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-099 | 2026-10-08 | GRAPHICS / AUDIT (custom alarm acknowledgement) | IM 36K10C50 R1.04/R1.05 §2.22, §4.12: custom and external acknowledgement properties; reason and approver are written to `AUDIT_TRAIL` fields `APPROVAL_REASON` / `APPROVER`. | open | Not tested. Skill `audit-trail` to mention the fields in its re-check. | `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/create-display.md` (done); `.claude/skills/audit-trail` (open) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-100 | 2026-10-08 | HISTORY (start scripts) | On the R1.05 test server `history_start.cmd`, `history_stop.cmd`, `item_start.cmd`, `item_stop.cmd` differ from R1.03 (hash comparison). Content not read (remote read refused for this check); probably the extension-script hooks of ISS-121. The L20/L35 summaries still describe the R1.03 start lists. | open | Awaiting user verification (V6). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L20-01EN.md` §1, `IM36K10L35-01EN.md` §1; `.claude/skills/history-management/SKILL.md` |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-101 | 2026-10-08 | HISTORY (`hisdbg`) | `hisdbg` read-only options (1, 20, 6) not run on the R1.05 test server (remote commands refused). | open | Awaiting user verification (V6). | `.claude/skills/history-management/tasks/history-checks.md` |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-102 | 2026-10-08 | HISTORY (dataset definitions) | `his_group_df`, `item_his_df`, `item_his2_df`, `item_history`, `his_units` definitions are identical in R1.03 and R1.05; only the DSS interface source `dsid_ihis_df.c` changed. No effect on quick-load fields expected. | closed | Information. | `.claude/skills/history-management/SKILL.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-103 | 2026-10-08 | HISTORY (storage groups on R1.05) | Storage groups (Event/Item, Scan/Time, Aggregation), `ITEM_HISTORY` reads and aggregation not re-tested on R1.05: a new group needs a CI Server restart (ISS-006), not allowed on the shared server. History setup files are identical apart from licence/instance lines. | open | Not tested; needs a server where a restart is allowed. | `.claude/skills/history-management/tasks/storage-groups.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-108 | 2026-10-08 | PORTAL (installation media) | IM 36K10R10 4th ed. §3.1 (R1.04): CI Portal setup runs from the mounted CI Server ISO file instead of the DVD; not in the revision table. §3.3 only gained a reference to IM 36K10L30 ch. 3. | closed | Documented. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-109 | 2026-10-08 | PORTAL / BUS (`dur.sup`) | R1.05 `dur.sup` has a new switch `gateway_core` (General tab, installed No) and a new adaptive queue set `ADTSTO, 1.00`. IM 36K10R10 does not mention them; see ISS-116 for the gateway configuration. | closed | Installed software is the reference. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/portal-setup/SKILL.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-110 | 2026-10-08 | PORTAL (`jwuiisg.sup` keywords) | R1.05 `jwuiisg.sup` has keywords IM 36K10R10 §4.3 does not describe: `SERVER_FILE_CACHE`, `HTTP_TO_HTTPS_REDIRECT`, `RECONNECT_TIMEOUT_OVERRIDE`, and a new tab *Access Control* (`RESTRICT_IP_ACCESS`, `HOSTNAME_WHITELISTING`). | closed | Installed software is the reference; documented from the file's own help. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/check-web-access.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-111 | 2026-10-08 | PORTAL (web security headers, CSP) | R1.05 `jwuiisg.sup` installs 7 security response headers and 9 `CSP_ENTRY` lines (R1.03: only X-Frame-Options, no CSP); verified in the HTTP responses on 8080/8443. | open | Open question: does the CSP block external content in displays (web browser component, external images, map viewer)? Not tested. Upgraded systems may keep their old settings depending on the merge. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R10-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/check-web-access.md` (done); `.claude/skills/graphics` (open) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-112 | 2026-10-08 | SETUP FILE EDITOR (`jwuiisg.sup` metadata) | R1.05 `jwuiisg.sup` metadata quirks: two keyword blocks end with `!ENDKEYWORD!`; `SERVER_FILE_CACHE=0` without spaces in `!DEFAULT`; `RECONNECT_TIMEOUT_OVERRIDE` has no active or default line; `RESTRICT_IP_ACCESS` has no keyword for the allowed addresses. | open | Awaiting user verification in the Setup File Editor GUI (V7). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md`, `IM36K10R10-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-113 | 2026-10-08 | SETUP FILE EDITOR (R1.05 GUI) | R1.05 `fsuedit.cmd` only adds `tls\exe\lib\*` to the class path; metadata keywords and `!KIND`s unchanged. The R1.03 GUI findings (ISS-015/016) are not re-checked on R1.05. | open | Awaiting user verification (V7). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10R20-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/portal-setup/tasks/change-setup-file.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-116 | 2026-10-08 | BUS / SYSTEM DESIGN (gateway core) | IM 36K10J10 5th ed. has a new §3.2.6 *Gateway* configuration, not in the revision table: a gateway-licensed CI Core has no operator interface (nor do CI Portals / CI View connected to it); switched on with `GATEWAY_CORE` in `dur.sup`; a licence/switch mismatch is logged. IM 36K10L30 does not describe the keyword. | open | Not tested (no gateway licence; needs admin and a restart). | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10J10-01EN.md`, `IM36K10L30-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/bus-utilities.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-117 | 2026-10-08 | DATABASE (DSS processes R1.05) | R1.05 `database_start.cmd` starts DSSSDA00–03 as fixed lines plus new DSSSDARST (RESTful API) and DSSSDAPY (pyTOOLS): 12 dsssda and 7 dssevt processes. `dss.sup`: `DSSSDA_QUESZ` 252 → 1000, new `DSSMAN_QUESZ = 1000`, two new `DSSSDA_SRV` lines. After an upgrade it runs the `*_u0104`/`*_u0105` conversion programs. Not in IM 36K10L50. | closed | Verified read-only. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L50-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/dss-tools.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-118 | 2026-10-08 | DATABASE (`dss_export.qli`, API keys) | The installed `dss_export.qli` (same in R1.03 and R1.05) does not cover the IEC 61850, MQTT, OPC UA client method/tag, `UASERVER_MAPPER_DF` or `API_KEYS_DF` datasets. R1.05 `dssqld.sup` excludes `API_KEYS_DF` from full exports (`-d API_KEYS_DF` still exports it). For backup/migration export the missing datasets explicitly and create new API keys on the target. | closed | Workaround documented. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/export-dataset.md`, `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10J10-01EN.md`, `IM36K10L50-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-119 | 2026-10-08 | DATABASE (`dss_*.tmp`, corrects ISS-091) | Not every `dssqld` run leaves a `dss_*.tmp`: exports of LOCAL_NODE_DF, STATUS_DF, ITEM_DF, CLASS_DF, REPORT_DF, API_KEYS_DF, a filtered export and `-f` left none; exporting OBJECT_DF left 28 empty files for 29 objects (a second export none); loading classes left their source in one. Which load/remove steps create them was not checked. | open | Clean up after tests with `clean_dss_tmp.ps1`. | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/export-dataset.md`, `load-remove-records.md` (done); ISS-091 (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-120 | 2026-10-08 | BUS (`durwfp` exit code) | IM 36K10L30 §10 (reworded in R1.04) says the return value is 1 when the process is attached, 0 otherwise. The exit code a script sees is the opposite: 0 = attached, 1 = not (R1.03 and R1.05). | closed | Documented: test the exit code. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/bus-utilities.md`, `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L30-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-121 | 2026-10-08 | BUS / INTEGRATION (start-script hooks) | On R1.05 every service start/stop script in `tls\com` (also `ci_start`/`ci_stop`, `ci_clean_up`, `hacw_activate`/`hacw_deactivate`) calls `?*_<script name>.cmd` extension scripts, a clean way to start custom or monitoring processes without editing installed scripts. Not in J10 or L30. | open | Awaiting user verification (needs admin and a restart; V8). | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/monitoring-processes.md`, `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10J10-01EN.md`, `IM36K10L30-01EN.md`, `IM36K10L50-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-122 | 2026-10-08 | BUS / SYSTEM MONITOR (installed setup) | R1.05 `dur.sup` adds the adaptive queue set `ADTSTO, 1.00` (`OPCEXE` still without wildcard, ISS-026). `smdmon_config.csv` adds `netstat -anob` and web snapshots and logs umhlog with `l40` (`umhlog.old` about 40 MB). `smd_snapshotlow.cmd` uses PowerShell instead of `wmic`. | closed | Verified read-only. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/bus-utilities.md`, `tuning-checks.md`, `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10L30-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-123 | 2026-10-08 | DATABASE (`dssqld` long path, R1.05) | Addition to ISS-020: on R1.05 `dssqld -e` with an output path of 83+ characters gave no error and wrote the file under a shortened name (cut after 79 characters, then `.qli`). | closed | Same limit as R1.03. Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/export-dataset.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-124 | 2026-10-08 | ITEM (string length) | IM 36K10C10 §3.3.4 and IM 36K10G10 §3.2.2 (changed in R1.04, not in the revision tables) give string item length default 80, maximum 200 bytes, matching the software (`ITEM_DF.STRING_LENGTH` 1–200, default 80). Settles the manual side of ISS-019. | closed | String writes not re-tested on R1.05 (ISS-129). Close when the user confirms. | `.claude/skills/item-engineering/tasks/string-items.md`, `SKILL.md`; C10, G10 summaries (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-125 | 2026-10-08 | AUTH (`dssana.sup` no-login profile) | IM 36K10C10 §2.2 (R1.05) now names the no-login profile `CI_NO_LOGIN` (fixes the manual half of ISS-018). Still different: the manual says no profile is applied when that user is missing; the R1.05 `dssana.sup` help still says full authorization is used. | closed | Installed software stays the reference. Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-126 | 2026-10-08 | ITEM (`ITEM_VAL` fields) | R1.05 `ITEM_VAL` has three new fields: `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT`, not in any manual. Values not read yet (probably the item's units and scale limits). | open | Next: export `ITEM_VAL` of a test item read-only and compare with `ITEM_DF`. Relevant to RQL (`reporting`). | `.claude/skills/item-engineering/SKILL.md`, C10 summary, `.claude/skills/system-management/tasks/read-write-item.md` (done); `.claude/skills/reporting` (open) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-127 | 2026-10-08 | TUTORIAL (CENTUM VP, HIS-TSE) | IM 36K10G10 ch. 14 (virtual test with the CENTUM VP FCS simulator, `tls\vagw\…\Controlbusemulation.exe`) and ch. 15 (HIS-TSE connection through RDP Connect, `.rdp` code signing, RD gateway) are new in R1.04/R1.05. | open | Not tested: no `tls\vagw`, no CENTUM VP or HIS-TSE on the R1.05 test server. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10G10-01EN.md`, `.claude/skills/item-engineering/SKILL.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-128 | 2026-10-08 | ENGINEERING MODULE (Tools menu) | IM 36K10C10 §1.1 has a new *Tools* menu with *OPC UA Information Model Mapper*; not in the revision table. Same mapper as in skill `data-access`. | closed | Confirmed in the installed menu definition (V3). Close when the user confirms. | `knowledge/manuals/IM36K10C10-01EN.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
| ISS-129 | 2026-10-08 | ITEM (blocking, string writes on R1.05) | Blocking/unblocking (`ITEM_DF.BLOCKED`, `itmval -p` with and without `-o`) and string-item writes/truncation not re-tested on R1.05; definitions identical to R1.03. | open | Awaits the user's decision to test on the shared server with temporary sample items (V9). | `.claude/skills/item-engineering/tasks/block-item.md`, `string-items.md` (done) |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,18 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10C10-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10C10-01EN
|
||||||
title: Engineering Module - I/O Processes
|
title: Engineering Module - I/O Processes
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; setup files and default datasets (users, authorization groups, schemes, trigger groups) checked read-only on the R1.03 test system (2026-09-30); item, section, sub-item and status dataset definitions, the item form and itm.sup compared with the R1.05 test server (identical, 2026-10-08)
|
status: from docs; setup files and default datasets (users, authorization groups, schemes, trigger groups) checked read-only on the test system (2026-09-30)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Engineering Module - I/O Processes (R1.05)
|
# Engineering Module - I/O Processes (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 edition (Feb. 2026)**: the revision table lists only §2.2 (R1.04). The full text diff
|
|
||||||
(2026-10-08) found three real changes: §1.1 has a new *Tools* menu (below), §2.2 now names the
|
|
||||||
no-login profile `CI_NO_LOGIN` (was `FT_NO_LOGIN`, ISS-018/ISS-125), and §3.3.4 gives the string
|
|
||||||
item length as default 80, maximum **200 bytes** (was 100 characters, ISS-019/ISS-124). The rest
|
|
||||||
is rewording and layout.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Engineering Module (Java GUI) defines what CI Server knows: users and rights, sections,
|
The Engineering Module (Java GUI) defines what CI Server knows: users and rights, sections,
|
||||||
items and sub-items, equipment (lines, stations, points, scan types), item statuses, classes,
|
items and sub-items, equipment (lines, stations, points, scan types), item statuses, classes,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -29,9 +23,6 @@ edit history (undo/redo of edits).
|
||||||
- *Archive*: automatic/manual archive, retrieve, mount/initialize/register storage media
|
- *Archive*: automatic/manual archive, retrieve, mount/initialize/register storage media
|
||||||
(history, phase 9).
|
(history, phase 9).
|
||||||
- *Playback*: record Engineering Module operations and open the recording viewer.
|
- *Playback*: record Engineering Module operations and open the recording viewer.
|
||||||
- *Tools* (new in R1.04/R1.05, not in the revision table): *OPC UA Information Model Mapper*,
|
|
||||||
maps CI Server data onto the information model of an external OPC UA server (IM 36K10E20
|
|
||||||
ch. 3; skill `data-access`).
|
|
||||||
- Configuration tree areas: sections and items; I/O processing (equipment, classes, …);
|
- Configuration tree areas: sections and items; I/O processing (equipment, classes, …);
|
||||||
alarms; reports; history; authorization; references.
|
alarms; reports; history; authorization; references.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -59,11 +50,9 @@ exist yet, the Engineering Module asks you to define one instead of logging in.
|
||||||
Test system (`dssana.sup` installed values): local Engineering/Edit Module, Operator
|
Test system (`dssana.sup` installed values): local Engineering/Edit Module, Operator
|
||||||
Interface etc. use **SSO**; remote Playback Viewer, Quickload and Display/Symbol utilities are
|
Interface etc. use **SSO**; remote Playback Viewer, Quickload and Display/Symbol utilities are
|
||||||
**Deny**; OPC UA/ODBC use *Manual CI Server*. The no-login profile named there is
|
**Deny**; OPC UA/ODBC use *Manual CI Server*. The no-login profile named there is
|
||||||
`CI_NO_LOGIN` (the R1.03 manual said `FT_NO_LOGIN`, ISS-018; the R1.05 manual says
|
`CI_NO_LOGIN` (the manual says `FT_NO_LOGIN`, ISS-018); no user of that name exists on the
|
||||||
`CI_NO_LOGIN` too); no user of that name exists on the test system. The `dssana.sup` help says
|
test system. The `dssana.sup` help says that when the no-login profile does not exist as a CI
|
||||||
that when the no-login profile does not exist as a CI Server user, **full authorization** is
|
Server user, **full authorization** is used (the manual says no profile is applied). Matches the
|
||||||
used (the manual, also in R1.05, says no profile is applied; the R1.05 `dssana.sup` help still
|
|
||||||
says full authorization, checked 2026-10-08). Matches the
|
|
||||||
test system: `Quickload Utility` has *No* login with an empty profile, and `dssqld` runs appear
|
test system: `Quickload Utility` has *No* login with an empty profile, and `dssqld` runs appear
|
||||||
in the audit trail as user `FULL AUTHORIZATION`. Create a restricted `CI_NO_LOGIN` user before
|
in the audit trail as user `FULL AUTHORIZATION`. Create a restricted `CI_NO_LOGIN` user before
|
||||||
using *No* login anywhere (`IM36K10J40-01EN.md` §5).
|
using *No* login anywhere (`IM36K10J40-01EN.md` §5).
|
||||||
|
|
@ -157,10 +146,9 @@ recommended; tag and type cannot be changed (delete and recreate).
|
||||||
exposure of `ITEM_VALUES`, task `data-access/rdbms-exposure.md`, tested in R1.05 only).
|
exposure of `ITEM_VALUES`, task `data-access/rdbms-exposure.md`, tested in R1.05 only).
|
||||||
- *Limits and filtering*: HH/H/L/LL, deadband (values may be rounded), scale high/low, limit
|
- *Limits and filtering*: HH/H/L/LL, deadband (values may be rounded), scale high/low, limit
|
||||||
clamping (HH-LL, H-L, scale, none), out-of-range support, trend axis limits, PIT values.
|
clamping (HH-LL, H-L, scale, none), out-of-range support, trend axis limits, PIT values.
|
||||||
String items: max length, default 80, maximum 200 **bytes** (R1.05 edition; the R1.03
|
String items: max length, default 80. The manual says max 100; the installed software
|
||||||
edition said 100 characters). The installed software accepts 1–200 (same in the R1.05 data
|
accepts 1–200 and stores length − 1 characters, cutting longer values with status 12
|
||||||
dictionary) and stores length − 1 characters, cutting longer values with status 12
|
OVERRANGED (verified, ISS-019).
|
||||||
OVERRANGED (verified R1.03, ISS-019, ISS-124).
|
|
||||||
- *Equipment*: pick an existing I/O point of a station, or define a new point here (created
|
- *Equipment*: pick an existing I/O point of a station, or define a new point here (created
|
||||||
with the item; delete it yourself when deleting the item). No connection = internal item.
|
with the item; delete it yourself when deleting the item). No connection = internal item.
|
||||||
- *Alarming*: OPC AE detection (AE station/event source) or CI Server detection, diagnostic
|
- *Alarming*: OPC AE detection (AE station/event source) or CI Server detection, diagnostic
|
||||||
|
|
@ -190,12 +178,6 @@ flags of `itmval -g`, ISS-001):
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Also on the form: force to normal / force to alarm, priority, colour, mnemonic, text.
|
Also on the form: force to normal / force to alarm, priority, colour, mnemonic, text.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The option bits are the `ITEM_VAL` fields `BLOCKED`, `OFFLINE`, `UPDATED_OFFLINE`,
|
|
||||||
`ACKNOWLEDGED`, `UPDATED_BLOCKED` etc. (unchanged in R1.05). R1.05 adds three read fields to
|
|
||||||
`ITEM_VAL`: `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT` (by their names the item's
|
|
||||||
engineering units and scale limits; seen only in the installed `item_val.dss` and data
|
|
||||||
dictionary, not in any manual, values not yet read, ISS-126).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 4. I/O processing (§4)
|
## 4. I/O processing (§4)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Equipment (§4.1)**: *lines* (protocol/connection), *stations* (controllers, identified
|
**Equipment (§4.1)**: *lines* (protocol/connection), *stations* (controllers, identified
|
||||||
|
|
@ -266,9 +248,6 @@ PROCESS Service runs at 1-second resolution at best.
|
||||||
## Differences from the installed software
|
## Differences from the installed software
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Logged in `knowledge/issues.md`; the installed software is taken as right:
|
Logged in `knowledge/issues.md`; the installed software is taken as right:
|
||||||
- ISS-018: no-login profile `CI_NO_LOGIN` (R1.03 manual: `FT_NO_LOGIN`; fixed in the R1.05
|
- ISS-018: no-login profile `CI_NO_LOGIN` (manual: `FT_NO_LOGIN`).
|
||||||
manual, ISS-125). Still different: what happens when that user does not exist.
|
- ISS-019 (closed): string item maximum length is 200 in the software (manual: 100; Tutorial: 168).
|
||||||
- ISS-019 (closed): string item maximum length is 200 in the software (R1.03 manual: 100;
|
|
||||||
Tutorial: 168); the R1.05 manuals say 200 bytes (ISS-124).
|
|
||||||
- Installed authorization actions include `AGGREGATION_OVERWRITE_*`, not listed in §2.4.
|
- Installed authorization actions include `AGGREGATION_OVERWRITE_*`, not listed in §2.4.
|
||||||
- ISS-126: R1.05 `ITEM_VAL` has `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT`, not described.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,18 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10C40-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10C40-01EN
|
||||||
title: Engineering Module - Historical
|
title: Engineering Module - Historical
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05; first summarized from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023, R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.03 - Event/Item, Scan/Time and Aggregation storage groups verified by quick load on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01; ithloahis loading rules verified; Engineering Module forms, archive and retrieve from docs. R1.05 - full text diff against R1.03 (2026-10-08): only §4.2 changed; the history setup files and dataset definitions (HIS_GROUP_DF, ITEM_HIS_DF, ITEM_HISTORY) were compared with snapshots of the R1.05 test server taken earlier on 2026-10-08 and are identical apart from instance lines; storage groups not re-tested on R1.05 (no history group in the reduced sample load on the shared server)
|
status: Event/Item, Scan/Time and Aggregation storage groups verified by quick load on CI-Eng-Sample 2026-10-01; ithloahis loading rules verified; Engineering Module forms, archive and retrieve from docs
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Engineering Module - Historical (R1.05)
|
# Engineering Module - Historical (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 changes** (full text diff against the R1.03 edition, 2026-10-08): only §4.2 *Access from
|
|
||||||
applications* changed (R1.04): the list of interfaces is now ODBC, .NET API, RESTful API,
|
|
||||||
pyTOOLS, `dssqld`, `ithloahis`; the C API is no longer listed, and remote access is now ODBC
|
|
||||||
**and** the RESTful API (was "ODBC only"). See §5 below. Everything else is unchanged apart
|
|
||||||
from the contact page and a corrected manual title in a cross-reference.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Item storage groups (*Configuration > Historisation > Item storage groups*), aggregation and
|
Item storage groups (*Configuration > Historisation > Item storage groups*), aggregation and
|
||||||
archive in the Engineering Module, plus how history is read. History manager internals:
|
archive in the Engineering Module, plus how history is read. History manager internals:
|
||||||
|
|
@ -75,9 +69,8 @@ offline (other bad statuses do not count). Weekly/monthly/yearly are built from
|
||||||
`ithsag.sup` (aggregation process): `run_interval` (manual: *Heartbeat*, spreads the work,
|
`ithsag.sup` (aggregation process): `run_interval` (manual: *Heartbeat*, spreads the work,
|
||||||
600 s), `buffer_size` 20, `event_timeout` 1 s, `gap_time` 2880 min, `max_sample_delay` 14400
|
600 s), `buffer_size` 20, `event_timeout` 1 s, `gap_time` 2880 min, `max_sample_delay` 14400
|
||||||
min, `max_open_files` 10, `queue_size` (installed **500** KB, manual default 200), `dif_sum_noise`.
|
min, `max_open_files` 10, `queue_size` (installed **500** KB, manual default 200), `dif_sum_noise`.
|
||||||
Same values in the R1.05 `ithsag.sup` (compared 2026-10-08).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 3. Verified behaviour (R1.03, CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-10-01)
|
## 3. Verified behaviour (CI-Eng-Sample, 2026-10-01)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Loaded `CIENG_SCAN10S` (Scan/Time, 10 s) and `CIENG_AGG` (Aggregation, 30 min + hour) with
|
- Loaded `CIENG_SCAN10S` (Scan/Time, 10 s) and `CIENG_AGG` (Aggregation, 30 min + hour) with
|
||||||
`dssqld -i`, 0 errors. **They stored nothing until CI Server was restarted** (ISS-006); after
|
`dssqld -i`, 0 errors. **They stored nothing until CI Server was restarted** (ISS-006); after
|
||||||
|
|
@ -111,36 +104,19 @@ Same values in the R1.05 `ithsag.sup` (compared 2026-10-08).
|
||||||
reports and trends until its life time ends. (Known issue: alarm attribute databases are not
|
reports and trends until its life time ends. (Known issue: alarm attribute databases are not
|
||||||
restored, IM 36K01A50.)
|
restored, IM 36K01A50.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 5. Reading history (§4; §4.2 changed in R1.04)
|
## 5. Reading history (§4)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Classes (`DSS_OPEN_ALL("ITEM_HISTORY", "r", r)`, `DSS_SET_FILTER`, `DSS_READ_NEXT`,
|
- Classes (`DSS_OPEN_ALL("ITEM_HISTORY", "r", r)`, `DSS_SET_FILTER`, `DSS_READ_NEXT`,
|
||||||
`DSS_GET_FLOAT(…,"ITEM_VALUE",…)`), reports (`SELECT … FROM ITEM_HISTORY WHERE ITEM_NAME = …
|
`DSS_GET_FLOAT(…,"ITEM_VALUE",…)`), reports (`SELECT … FROM ITEM_HISTORY WHERE ITEM_NAME = …
|
||||||
and INTERPOLATION = 'Hour' and ATTRIBUTE = 'Maximum' …`), and `ithloahis` for writing.
|
and INTERPOLATION = 'Hour' and ATTRIBUTE = 'Maximum' …`), ODBC (only remote way), C / .NET API,
|
||||||
- Applications (§4.2, R1.05 edition; from docs):
|
`dssqld`, and `ithloahis` for writing.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Interface | Kind | Reaches | Remote (no CI Server software on the client) | More |
|
|
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
||||||
| ODBC | interface for any application | datasets (`ITEM_HISTORY`, `ALARM_CHRONO`) | yes | skill `data-access` (L45 summary §1) |
|
|
||||||
| .NET API | interface for .NET applications | datasets | no | — |
|
|
||||||
| RESTful API (new in R1.04) | HTTP (GET, PUT …) for web applications | datasets | yes | skill `data-access` (L45 summary §9: `GetHistory`, `GetHistoryMultiTag`) |
|
|
||||||
| pyTOOLS (new in R1.04) | Python library | datasets | no | IM 36K10P40 §3.13 (no skill yet) |
|
|
||||||
| `dssqld` | tool | datasets | no | skill `system-management` |
|
|
||||||
| `ithloahis` | tool | items (writes history) | no | skill `system-management`, task `load-history.md` |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The R1.03 edition also listed a C API (local only); the R1.05 edition no longer does.
|
|
||||||
pyTOOLS (IM 36K10P40 §3.13, from docs) reads history directly from ITEM Service instead of
|
|
||||||
through DSS (faster): `dss.getHisGroupItems(...)` lists a group's items,
|
|
||||||
`dss.getItemHistory(...)` returns samples for an interval, with optional attribute and
|
|
||||||
aggregation period. Its names differ from the `ITEM_HISTORY` filter values (e.g. `AGGR_MAX`,
|
|
||||||
`30_MINUTES` instead of `Maximum`, `30Minutes`); not tested.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Aggregates are selected with `INTERPOLATION` (`Hour`, `Day`, `Month`, `Year`, …) and
|
- Aggregates are selected with `INTERPOLATION` (`Hour`, `Day`, `Month`, `Year`, …) and
|
||||||
`ATTRIBUTE` (`Maximum`, `Minimum`, `Average`, `Integration`, `Standard deviation`,
|
`ATTRIBUTE` (`Maximum`, `Minimum`, `Average`, `Integration`, `Standard deviation`,
|
||||||
`Counter`, `Differential summation`).
|
`Counter`, `Differential summation`).
|
||||||
- `ithloahis -f <csv> [-v] [-l] [-i] [-s <section>] [-t GMT|LST|LCT]`: SCAN or EVENT files
|
- `ithloahis -f <csv> [-v] [-l] [-i] [-s <section>] [-t GMT|LST|LCT]`: SCAN or EVENT files
|
||||||
(skill `system-management`, task `load-history.md`).
|
(skill `system-management`, task `load-history.md`).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 6. Troubleshooting (§5; unchanged in R1.05)
|
## 6. Troubleshooting (§5)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`hisdbg` (3 unit info, 20 all groups, 21 group by name), `hisrep`, `hisrecover`, `isfrename`;
|
`hisdbg` (3 unit info, 20 all groups, 21 group by name), `hisrep`, `hisrecover`, `isfrename`;
|
||||||
archive: the `has.sup` status item and `hasdbg` (11 media, 8 overview, 10 delete a medium).
|
archive: the `has.sup` status item and `hasdbg` (11 media, 8 overview, 10 delete a medium).
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,62 +1,15 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10C50-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10C50-01EN
|
||||||
title: Edit Module
|
title: Edit Module
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first summarised from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.05 re-check 2026-10-08 - full text diff R1.03 → R1.05 reviewed (section "Changes in R1.04 and R1.05"), from docs; nothing re-tested on the R1.05 test server (shared, no displays may be changed). R1.03 results - display CIENG_Tank built by the user in the Edit Module (text, number field, alarm overview, trend) and checked as XML and HTML 2026-10-01; jwuiutl search, validate and HTML export verified; trend settings (§2.27) tested one by one on CIENG_TrendLab 2026-10-02 (skill graphics, tasks/trend.md); generated sample displays (CIENG_*, most components: shapes, arc, text, number/text/date-time fields, buttons, toggle, check box, slider, spinner, combo box, data bar, scales, alarm overview, report, micro trend, trend) checked on desktop and web 2026-10-06; symbols, other actions and the tutorial from docs
|
status: display CIENG_Tank built by the user in the Edit Module (text, number field, alarm overview, trend) and checked as XML and HTML 2026-10-01; jwuiutl search, validate and HTML export verified; trend settings (§2.27) tested one by one on CIENG_TrendLab 2026-10-02 (skill graphics, tasks/trend.md); generated sample displays (CIENG_*, most components: shapes, arc, text, number/text/date-time fields, buttons, toggle, check box, slider, spinner, combo box, data bar, scales, alarm overview, report, micro trend, trend) checked on desktop and web 2026-10-06; symbols, other actions and the tutorial from docs
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Edit Module (R1.05)
|
# Edit Module (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The Edit Module draws displays and symbols for the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML
|
The Edit Module draws displays and symbols for the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML
|
||||||
display. Displays are XML files (`IM36K10R30-01EN.md` §1). Section numbers refer to the manual;
|
display. Displays are XML files (`IM36K10R30-01EN.md` §1). Section numbers refer to the manual.
|
||||||
the numbering is the same in R1.03 and R1.05 (§2.31 is now titled *Generic Functions*).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 0. Changes in R1.04 and R1.05 (from docs, full text diff 2026-10-08)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Listed in the revision table: R1.04 §2.22 (alarm overview properties), §2.31 (*Password Check*),
|
|
||||||
§4.12 (update item/parameter); R1.05 §2.22, §2.25, §2.26, §2.33 (properties), §2.31 (*RDP
|
|
||||||
Connect*). The diff found these, including edits the table does not name:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- §1.5 `jwuiutl -m` / `-M`: output described as space-separated instead of CSV; cross-reference
|
|
||||||
"previous section" → "next section" (wording). *(not in the table)*
|
|
||||||
- §1.7: the note "HTML display is not supported for enterprise operations" was removed.
|
|
||||||
*(not in the table)*
|
|
||||||
- §2.22 Alarm overview: *[Acknowledgement]* category - *Use Custom Acknowledgement* (acknowledge
|
|
||||||
from a separate user-made window) enabling *Acknowledge Event* (pulses TRUE), *Acknowledged
|
|
||||||
Alarm* / *Text* / *Time*; *Selected Alarm Key*; *[External Acknowledgement]* *Alarm Key*,
|
|
||||||
*Approver*, *Reason*, *Trigger*; *[Enterprise Alarm Locations]* *Alarm Source Locations[nn]*.
|
|
||||||
- §2.25 Dataset tables: column *Icon*, *Icon filter* (match, not-match, bitwise AND),
|
|
||||||
*Icon tooltip*; operator column sorting; single / multiple row selection; *[Enterprise
|
|
||||||
Dataset Locations]*; enterprise location now supported on the HTML display. Example filters
|
|
||||||
use `ACTION_TIME >=`.
|
|
||||||
- §2.26 Report: *[Enterprise]* primary / secondary data location (supported on the web).
|
|
||||||
- §2.27 Trend: *Enterprise* property now supported on the HTML display. *(not in the table)*
|
|
||||||
- §2.31 *Calculation/Function* renamed **Generic Functions**; execution timing documented
|
|
||||||
(Date and Time 200 ms; other operations on input change, polled every 100 ms, and at display
|
|
||||||
load/reload) *(timing not in the table)*; **Password Check** (T[I1] user, T[I2] password →
|
|
||||||
B[O], T[O] user name or the DSS error; needs login method *Manual CI Server* or *Manual OS*
|
|
||||||
for the Password Check function in `dssana.sup`, *Login control*); **RDP Connect** (T[I1]
|
|
||||||
host, optional T[I2] RemoteApp, T[I3] its arguments, T[I4] RD Gateway `host[:port]`; writes an
|
|
||||||
`.rdp` file, name to T[O]; installed `tls\com\connectrdp.cmd`).
|
|
||||||
- §2.32 JavaScript Function: inputs polled every 100 ms, script also runs at display
|
|
||||||
load/reload; the `io` object is described as implemented in Java. *(not in the table)*
|
|
||||||
- §2.33 Web Browser: new engine (WebRTC, HTTPS, WebSocket, HTTP/2, HTTP/3; VP8/VP9/WebM,
|
|
||||||
Opus/Vorbis/PCM; *Media player* wording removed); content from R1.04 or earlier may not play
|
|
||||||
after upgrade; right-click menu; new *[Printing]*, *[Status]*, *[Security]* properties
|
|
||||||
(*Enable Microphone/Camera*, *Allow Insecure Certificates*, *Allow Local file access*; local
|
|
||||||
files for CI Mobile View go under `%TLS_ALLUSERS_PATH%\wap`).
|
|
||||||
- §2.36 Display generator: the note "not supported on HTML displays" was removed. *(not in the
|
|
||||||
table)*
|
|
||||||
- §2.37 Map viewer: wording of centre latitude/longitude (decimal fractions), click
|
|
||||||
information cross-references. *(not in the table; same meaning)*
|
|
||||||
- §4.12 Actions sheet: *Update item/parameter* can record **Reason** (≤ 256 characters) and
|
|
||||||
**Approver** (≤ 128) in `AUDIT_TRAIL` (`APPROVAL_REASON`, `APPROVER`); values can be offered
|
|
||||||
from user-defined parameters; two recipes for alarm acknowledgement with reason/approver
|
|
||||||
(item parameter with attribute *Acknowledged*, item alarms only; or the overview's
|
|
||||||
*External Acknowledgement* properties, item and external alarms).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Practical notes for the skill: `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/create-display.md` (section R1.05).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. Window and files (§1)
|
## 1. Window and files (§1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -89,10 +42,6 @@ Practical notes for the skill: `.claude/skills/graphics/tasks/create-display.md`
|
||||||
| `-e HTML [-o <dir>] [-f <deployment>] [<display>]` | Export HTML displays |
|
| `-e HTML [-o <dir>] [-f <deployment>] [<display>]` | Export HTML displays |
|
||||||
| `-b`, `-z`, `-h true/false` | Also save `.xml.bin` (faster loading) / compressed / set HTML mode |
|
| `-b`, `-z`, `-h true/false` | Also save `.xml.bin` (faster loading) / compressed / set HTML mode |
|
||||||
| `-un`, `-pw` | User for enterprise displays |
|
| `-un`, `-pw` | User for enterprise displays |
|
||||||
| `-t`, `-?` / `--help` | Debug trace / print the option list (read-only) |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
R1.05: the option list in the manual is unchanged; the installed help text on the R1.05 test
|
|
||||||
server was not compared yet (awaiting user verification, ISS-094).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Verified on the test system:** `-d -m TANK1` and `-d -v -i -l` ran without errors; locked
|
**Verified on the test system:** `-d -m TANK1` and `-d -v -i -l` ran without errors; locked
|
||||||
displays and displays saved by a newer version are skipped (`*** Display locked <name>`,
|
displays and displays saved by a newer version are skipped (`*** Display locked <name>`,
|
||||||
|
|
@ -111,8 +60,8 @@ export; dialog tabs Types, Columns, Filter, Alarm link display, Appearance, Head
|
||||||
Fetching, Alarm Shelving, Enterprise, Advanced, Attributes), list of blocked items, alarm
|
Fetching, Alarm Shelving, Enterprise, Advanced, Attributes), list of blocked items, alarm
|
||||||
sound, dataset tables (view/edit dataset records), report, **trend** (pens on items with
|
sound, dataset tables (view/edit dataset records), report, **trend** (pens on items with
|
||||||
history; shows limits; time slider and controls; definitions can be saved from the operator
|
history; shows limits; time slider and controls; definitions can be saved from the operator
|
||||||
interface; every setting tested in skill `graphics`, `tasks/trend.md`), DTS trend, micro trend, playback indicator, Generic Functions (R1.03: calculation/function;
|
interface; every setting tested in skill `graphics`, `tasks/trend.md`), DTS trend, micro trend, playback indicator, calculation/function, JavaScript
|
||||||
§0), JavaScript function, web browser, PDF viewer, navigation tree, display generator, map viewer.
|
function, web browser, PDF viewer, navigation tree, display generator, map viewer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 4. Sheets (§4)
|
## 4. Sheets (§4)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10C60-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10C60-01EN
|
||||||
title: Advanced Operating Graphics
|
title: Advanced Operating Graphics
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first summarised from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; R1.05 full text diff reviewed 2026-10-08 (only §1.2.2 changed); installed AOG displays checked read-only on R1.03 (DEPLOY\displays, mobileoperator) 2026-10-01; R1.05 AOG display/symbol lists awaiting user verification (ISS-097)
|
status: from docs; installed AOG displays checked read-only (DEPLOY\displays, mobileoperator) 2026-10-01
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Advanced Operating Graphics — AOG library (R1.05)
|
# Advanced Operating Graphics — AOG library (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A ready-made library of symbols and displays in a consistent, high-performance HMI style,
|
A ready-made library of symbols and displays in a consistent, high-performance HMI style,
|
||||||
used from the Edit Module's Visualization sheet. Section numbers refer to the manual.
|
used from the Edit Module's Visualization sheet. Section numbers refer to the manual.
|
||||||
|
|
@ -27,15 +27,7 @@ Standard displays: `AOG_Default`, `AOG_DisplayTemplate` (start for new displays)
|
||||||
`AOG_AlarmHistory`, `AOG_AlarmShelved`), `AOG_AuditTrail`, `AOG_ItemFaceplate`,
|
`AOG_AlarmHistory`, `AOG_AlarmShelved`), `AOG_AuditTrail`, `AOG_ItemFaceplate`,
|
||||||
`AOG_ItemTuningPanel`, `AOG_ObjectFaceplate`, `AOG_ObjectTuningPanel`, `AOG_SetItemMode`,
|
`AOG_ItemTuningPanel`, `AOG_ObjectFaceplate`, `AOG_ObjectTuningPanel`, `AOG_SetItemMode`,
|
||||||
`AOG_SetObjectMode`, `AOG_SetNumberPV/SV/SL/SH/SLL/SHH`, `AOG_LockStatus`, `AOG_TrendOpen`,
|
`AOG_SetObjectMode`, `AOG_SetNumberPV/SV/SL/SH/SLL/SHH`, `AOG_LockStatus`, `AOG_TrendOpen`,
|
||||||
OPC UA method call displays; plus demo displays. R1.04 (§1.2.2) documents the demo displays
|
OPC UA method call displays; plus demo displays. **Installed**: these are in
|
||||||
`AOG_UAC_Method_Demo` (already installed on R1.03), `AOG_UAC_MethodArg_Call2` and
|
|
||||||
`AOG_OPCUA_Methods` (not on the R1.03 machine, which has `AOG_UAC_MethodArg_Call` and
|
|
||||||
`AOG_UAC_Method_Call`; R1.05 names not checked, ISS-097): a list of OPC UA client
|
|
||||||
methods and a display to set input arguments, call a method and read the outputs, last call
|
|
||||||
time and result. The CI Server method object (made from `UAC_MTD_JBASE`) must have at least as
|
|
||||||
many input/output arguments as the external method; fewer give the errors *incorrect method
|
|
||||||
key* / *incorrect input/output parameters* (skill `data-access`, OPC UA methods; from docs).
|
|
||||||
**Installed (R1.03)**: these are in
|
|
||||||
`DEPLOY\displays`, and the alarm, audit, default, menu, style, trend and UA method displays also
|
`DEPLOY\displays`, and the alarm, audit, default, menu, style, trend and UA method displays also
|
||||||
exist as HTML displays.
|
exist as HTML displays.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10G10-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10G10-01EN
|
||||||
title: CI Server Tutorial
|
title: CI Server Tutorial
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; item, sub-item, blocking, trigger group, class and object steps verified with dssqld/itmval on CI-Eng-Sample (R1.03, 2026-09-30); sections, items, sub-items, trigger group, classes and objects of the reduced sample load verified on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08); ch. 14–15 not tested (no CENTUM VP)
|
status: from docs; item, sub-item, blocking, trigger group, class and object steps verified with dssqld/itmval on CI-Eng-Sample (2026-09-30)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# CI Server Tutorial (R1.05)
|
# CI Server Tutorial (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A guided tour of the main engineering tasks in the Engineering Module and Edit Module. Each
|
A guided tour of the main engineering tasks in the Engineering Module and Edit Module. Each
|
||||||
chapter points to the full manual for its area; the table shows where this repo covers it.
|
chapter points to the full manual for its area; the table shows where this repo covers it.
|
||||||
|
|
@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ chapter points to the full manual for its area; the table shows where this repo
|
||||||
| 11 | Item search | IM 36K10C10 (phase 5) |
|
| 11 | Item search | IM 36K10C10 (phase 5) |
|
||||||
| 12 | Excel Add-in | IM 36K10E10 (phase 11) |
|
| 12 | Excel Add-in | IM 36K10E10 (phase 11) |
|
||||||
| 13 | History: storage groups, units, collection types, aggregation, archiving | IM 36K10L20, C40 (phase 9) |
|
| 13 | History: storage groups, units, collection types, aggregation, archiving | IM 36K10L20, C40 (phase 9) |
|
||||||
| 14 | Virtual test with the CENTUM VP test function (FCS simulator) — new in R1.04, extended in R1.05 | IM 36K10L55, IM 36K01C10; not covered by a skill |
|
|
||||||
| 15 | CENTUM VP HIS-TSE connection (RDP Connect, RD gateway) — new in R1.05 | IM 36K10C50 §2.31, IM 36K10L55 §2.7; skill `graphics` |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Key points
|
## Key points
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -38,10 +36,9 @@ Module and Operator Interface.
|
||||||
**Items (ch. 3)**
|
**Items (ch. 3)**
|
||||||
- Full name `Section.Sub-section.Item` (max 255 bytes; no `:` or `.` inside a name; case
|
- Full name `Section.Sub-section.Item` (max 255 bytes; no `:` or `.` inside a name; case
|
||||||
insensitive). Sections can be blocked as a whole, e.g. for maintenance.
|
insensitive). Sections can be blocked as a whole, e.g. for maintenance.
|
||||||
- Types: Boolean, Integer, Real, String. String length (§3.2.2): default 80, maximum 200
|
- Types: Boolean, Integer, Real, String (the Tutorial says max length 80 by default, up to 168
|
||||||
**bytes** in the R1.05 edition (the R1.03 edition said 168 without audit, ISS-019). The
|
without audit; the installed R1.03 allows `STRING_LENGTH` 1–200 with or without audit and
|
||||||
software allows `STRING_LENGTH` 1–200 with or without audit and holds length − 1 characters
|
holds length − 1 characters, verified, ISS-019).
|
||||||
(verified R1.03; same limit in the R1.05 data dictionary, ISS-124).
|
|
||||||
- Four limits (LL, L, H, HH) plus a deadband set the status LOWLOW…HIGHHIGH; the deadband sits
|
- Four limits (LL, L, H, HH) plus a deadband set the status LOWLOW…HIGHHIGH; the deadband sits
|
||||||
on the normal side of each limit. Scale high/low give OVERRANGED / UNDERRANGED.
|
on the normal side of each limit. Scale high/low give OVERRANGED / UNDERRANGED.
|
||||||
Booleans set status TRUE/FALSE.
|
Booleans set status TRUE/FALSE.
|
||||||
|
|
@ -93,9 +90,7 @@ on a schedule, or on an item event (with delay). Destinations: `DEFAULT`, `PRINT
|
||||||
named `<subject group>.<attribute>.<action>.<source>`, e.g. `ITEM.VALUE.MODIFY.HMI`; records
|
named `<subject group>.<attribute>.<action>.<source>`, e.g. `ITEM.VALUE.MODIFY.HMI`; records
|
||||||
cannot be deleted except by deleting storage units. On R1.03.00 configuration and DSS changes
|
cannot be deleted except by deleting storage units. On R1.03.00 configuration and DSS changes
|
||||||
are recorded per dataset (e.g. `ITEM_DF.HIGH_LIMIT.MODIFY`); details in `IM36K10L25-01EN.md`,
|
are recorded per dataset (e.g. `ITEM_DF.HIGH_LIMIT.MODIFY`); details in `IM36K10L25-01EN.md`,
|
||||||
skill `audit-trail`. R1.04 added to §9.2 a column for the **approver and reason**: who approved a
|
skill `audit-trail`.
|
||||||
change of a critical process parameter, or who acknowledged an alarm and with what comment
|
|
||||||
(from docs).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**RDBMS exposure (ch. 10)**: copies CI Server data (`ITEM_VALUES` aggregated per interval,
|
**RDBMS exposure (ch. 10)**: copies CI Server data (`ITEM_VALUES` aggregated per interval,
|
||||||
`ITEM_HISTORY` with a mandatory filter, `ITEM_INPUTS` for writes back, or any dataset on
|
`ITEM_HISTORY` with a mandatory filter, `ITEM_INPUTS` for writes back, or any dataset on
|
||||||
|
|
@ -107,69 +102,10 @@ its target table. **Tested in R1.05 only** for `ITEM_VALUES` (skill `data-access
|
||||||
removed (ISS-058); with the local `.\CIX_PROCESS` a remote SQL Server needs a SQL login
|
removed (ISS-058); with the local `.\CIX_PROCESS` a remote SQL Server needs a SQL login
|
||||||
(ISS-059).
|
(ISS-059).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**CENTUM VP virtual test (ch. 14, R1.04, extended R1.05)**: CI Server graphics and alarms can
|
|
||||||
be tested against the FCS simulator of the CENTUM VP test function running on another PC.
|
|
||||||
Preparation: CENTUM VP project data and tags in CI Server (CI Exchange for CENTUM VP or by
|
|
||||||
hand; later VP project changes are not picked up), the optional CENTUM VP *Expanded Test
|
|
||||||
Function* started on the VP PC (clear *No Connect to Other PC*; R7.01 or later can allow
|
|
||||||
multiple projects), optionally Exaopc as an OPC AE station with *Broadcast Equalize Message*.
|
|
||||||
Start order: (on a virtual machine) set Vnet/IP domain and station number to 0 in the Vnet/IP
|
|
||||||
Interface Management Tool and reboot; stop VAGW and CI Server; start the control bus
|
|
||||||
communication emulation as a `CIX_MAINTENANCE` member in an elevated prompt
|
|
||||||
(`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\vagw\program(x64)\Controlbusemulation.exe -s <domain> <station> -p
|
|
||||||
<VP project DB path> -h <simulator host>`; tray icon while it runs); start VAGW (if used) and
|
|
||||||
CI Server. End in reverse: stop CI Server, stop VAGW, run the emulation with `-e` (or use the
|
|
||||||
tray icon). Test with field devices disconnected and restart the CI Server PC whenever you
|
|
||||||
switch between real and virtual mode. With HAC set both servers to manual mode first, build
|
|
||||||
the test environment on each, then back to automatic. **Not tested**: the `tls\vagw` folder
|
|
||||||
is not installed on the R1.05 test server (no Vnet/IP option), and there is no CENTUM VP
|
|
||||||
(ISS-127).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**HIS-TSE connection (ch. 15, R1.05)**: CI Server (CI Portal / CI View) acts as a client of
|
|
||||||
the CENTUM VP HIS-TSE (remote operation and monitoring) server over remote desktop, so
|
|
||||||
operators can open VP graphic, trend, faceplate and tuning views (also for block types CI
|
|
||||||
Server does not render). Needs CENTUM VP R6.07.10 or later; not for HTML displays; CI Server
|
|
||||||
cannot be installed on the HIS-TSE server.
|
|
||||||
- Edit Module: a *Generic Functions* component with function *RDP Connect*: Text Input 1 =
|
|
||||||
remote host, 2 = RemoteApp alias/program (`BKHBos` for HIS-TSE), 3 = its command line
|
|
||||||
(`-D` desktop mode; `-P O <tag or view>` panel mode, e.g. a faceplate or tuning view;
|
|
||||||
`@<project ID>` after the tag for a lower project with duplicate tag names), 4 = RD gateway
|
|
||||||
host[:port] (default 443). A parameter (e.g. `isButtonClicked`) triggers it.
|
|
||||||
- CI Exchange for CENTUM VP: project option *Display from HIS-TSE Server* (server name,
|
|
||||||
optional RD gateway) adds an RDP connection button to generated faceplates (RGS and RGS
|
|
||||||
with EAL projects; older projects via project properties, then regenerate).
|
|
||||||
- The generated `.rdp` file should be signed: each user creates a self-signed code-signing
|
|
||||||
certificate once (PowerShell script given in §15.3, valid one year by default).
|
|
||||||
- Limits: 4 or 8 sessions per HIS-TSE server; the number of VP windows per client is limited
|
|
||||||
per mode (table 15.4-1; panel mode one window); panel mode runs as RemoteApp and cannot reset
|
|
||||||
the buzzer, so some alarm buzzers do not sound; closed sessions linger 20 s, and a disconnect can block
|
|
||||||
reconnecting for about a minute unless the RemoteApp logoff delay policy on the server is set
|
|
||||||
to *Immediately*. End the session with *User Out* (Ctrl+Alt+Backspace).
|
|
||||||
- §15.5: RD gateway in the DMZ (may share the CI Portal machine), Windows Server, SSL
|
|
||||||
certificate (CA or self-signed), IT security settings.
|
|
||||||
- On the R1.05 test server only the launcher `tls\com\ConnectRDP.cmd` was found (2026-10-08).
|
|
||||||
**Not tested** (no HIS-TSE server, ISS-127).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Other**: Item search (wildcards, copy/drag to Excel or Trend); Excel Add-in reports;
|
**Other**: Item search (wildcards, copy/drag to Excel or Trend); Excel Add-in reports;
|
||||||
history storage groups and archiving (phase 9).
|
history storage groups and archiving (phase 9).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05 edition: other changes (from docs)
|
## Verified on CI-Eng-Sample (command-line equivalents)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Found by the full text diff (2026-10-08); the revision table lists only §9.2 (R1.04) and
|
|
||||||
ch. 14–15:
|
|
||||||
- §3.2.2: string length now in bytes, maximum 200 (see *Items*).
|
|
||||||
- §8.10.2 / §8.11 (printer device): device status item and output-type parameters reworded,
|
|
||||||
same meaning (status item can be any type except Boolean, the device has more than three
|
|
||||||
states).
|
|
||||||
- §13.7.2 (storage group item, Event collection): conditions reworded; the sentence saying a
|
|
||||||
PIT filter can be set per item was dropped (the *Pass PIT* condition remains).
|
|
||||||
- §13 cross-reference corrected (13.9 → 13.7).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Verified on CI-Eng-Sample (command-line equivalents, R1.03 2026-09-30)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
On the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08) the reduced sample load created the same sections,
|
|
||||||
items, sub-items, trigger group, classes and objects with 0 errors; `DEMO.COUNTER` counted and
|
|
||||||
`TANK1.LEVEL.MAX` followed the level. Blocking was not repeated there (shared server).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Tutorial step | Done with | Result |
|
| Tutorial step | Done with | Result |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,16 +1,15 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10J10-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10J10-01EN
|
||||||
title: CI Server System Design/Management
|
title: CI Server System Design/Management
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03). Changed since: R1.04 §2.9.1 (listed); found by the full text diff but not listed: §3.2.6 Gateway new, §5.1 License Request Wizard removed
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; tool notes verified on R1.03 (2026-09-30); R1.05 changes added from the 5th Edition and the tools, start scripts and setup files used by skill system-management re-checked read-only on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08)
|
status: from docs
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# System Design / Management (R1.05)
|
# System Design / Management (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
How CI Server is built, how to choose a system layout, and how to run, back up, monitor,
|
How CI Server is built, how to choose a system layout, and how to run, back up, monitor,
|
||||||
tune and migrate it. Section numbers refer to the 5th edition (same numbering as the R1.03
|
tune and migrate it. Section numbers refer to the manual.
|
||||||
edition; §3.2.6 is new).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. Fundamentals
|
## 1. Fundamentals
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ edition; §3.2.6 is new).
|
||||||
| Reporting (2.6) | REPORT | Configure in the Engineering module (query, schedule, trigger item, destination) → generate by schedule, trigger item or ad hoc → output via spool statement or destination (file, printer, application) → stored in history with a lifetime set by the storage group. |
|
| Reporting (2.6) | REPORT | Configure in the Engineering module (query, schedule, trigger item, destination) → generate by schedule, trigger item or ad hoc → output via spool statement or destination (file, printer, application) → stored in history with a lifetime set by the storage group. |
|
||||||
| User authorization (2.7) | USER | Users belong to authorization groups; groups grant actions. Can be managed through a Windows domain (see Active Directory Integration, IM 36K10J40). |
|
| User authorization (2.7) | USER | Users belong to authorization groups; groups grant actions. Can be managed through a Windows domain (see Active Directory Integration, IM 36K10J40). |
|
||||||
| Multi-node (2.8) | BUS | **DURM** protocol between nodes: dynamic routing, best-line selection, auto-connect to the active HAC server, encryption and server certificates. |
|
| Multi-node (2.8) | BUS | **DURM** protocol between nodes: dynamic routing, best-line selection, auto-connect to the active HAC server, encryption and server certificates. |
|
||||||
| External interface (2.9) | ACCESS | ODBC (Simba server on the Core; optional license), **RESTful API** (HTTP GET/PUT from remote systems; *Manual CI Server* or *Manual OS* login), OPC classic DA/AE/HDA (local network), OPC UA, remote database copy (mirror to external tables for complex queries; watch export size), command-line tools, Excel Add-in and **pyTOOLS** (Python library; *Manual CI Server* login only). The login method per access route is set on the *Login control* tab of `dssana.sup`. R1.04 change (§2.9.1): REST API and pyTOOLS added; the R1.03 remark that ODBC is the only route for non-Windows clients was dropped. |
|
| External interface (2.9) | ACCESS | ODBC (Simba server on the Core; optional license; the only route for non-Windows clients), OPC classic DA/AE/HDA (local network), OPC UA, remote database copy (mirror to external tables for complex queries; watch export size), Excel Add-in, command-line tools. |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Class, object, symbol (2.4)**
|
**Class, object, symbol (2.4)**
|
||||||
- A **class** defines items, template items and processing; written in the *traditional*
|
- A **class** defines items, template items and processing; written in the *traditional*
|
||||||
|
|
@ -99,7 +98,6 @@ ISA-99 / IEC 62443 and ISO/IEC 17799 (security).
|
||||||
| **HAC** (high availability): ACTIVE + STANDBY Cores | Continuous operation required; large history that needs a live copy | Stable (ideally redundant) link between servers and to the island-detection network device; license Audit log if it is monitored |
|
| **HAC** (high availability): ACTIVE + STANDBY Cores | Continuous operation required; large history that needs a live copy | Stable (ideally redundant) link between servers and to the island-detection network device; license Audit log if it is monitored |
|
||||||
| **Host to Host**: a client Core collects from server Cores via DURM | Reuse data at another site/level; RGS on Vnet/IP forwarding upward | Storage on the client Core can grow large |
|
| **Host to Host**: a client Core collects from server Cores via DURM | Reuse data at another site/level; RGS on Vnet/IP forwarding upward | Storage on the client Core can grow large |
|
||||||
| **Enterprise operation/engineering** | Share data and displays across Cores; standardize engineering (EES deploys configurations) | Needs deep knowledge of dataset dependencies |
|
| **Enterprise operation/engineering** | Share data and displays across Cores; standardize engineering (EES deploys configurations) | Needs deep knowledge of dataset dependencies |
|
||||||
| **Gateway** (§3.2.6, new in the 5th edition) | A CI Core with a gateway licence only collects, converts and stores RTU data and passes it on to other systems; no operator monitoring there | No operator interface on that Core, nor on Portals / CI View connected to it (a regular Core linked to it keeps its own). Tick *Gateway Core* on the *General* tab of `dur.sup` (keyword `GATEWAY_CORE`, installed `No`); licence and switch must agree, otherwise a message goes to the message log |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- HAC: modes MANUAL / AUTO; functions monitoring (restart processes/server), watchdog (shuts
|
- HAC: modes MANUAL / AUTO; functions monitoring (restart processes/server), watchdog (shuts
|
||||||
itself down if isolated), mirroring; options journaling (recommended on small systems) and
|
itself down if isolated), mirroring; options journaling (recommended on small systems) and
|
||||||
|
|
@ -155,9 +153,7 @@ owns its design.
|
||||||
- Install on a fixed, tested patch level; no automatic Windows updates; apply only
|
- Install on a fixed, tested patch level; no automatic Windows updates; apply only
|
||||||
Yokogawa-evaluated patches.
|
Yokogawa-evaluated patches.
|
||||||
- Antivirus with real-time scanning; exclude `C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\dat`, `…\tls\sav`,
|
- Antivirus with real-time scanning; exclude `C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\dat`, `…\tls\sav`,
|
||||||
`…\tls\his` (the manual's default paths, unchanged in the 5th edition; use the actual
|
`…\tls\his`.
|
||||||
`%TLS_DAT_PATH%`, `%TLS_SAV_PATH%`, `%TLS_HIS_PATH%` — on the R1.05 test server they are under
|
|
||||||
`C:\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls`).
|
|
||||||
- Recommended user groups: **Administrators** (everything), **Maintenance** (users, logs,
|
- Recommended user groups: **Administrators** (everything), **Maintenance** (users, logs,
|
||||||
datasets), **Engineers** (engineering module: alarms, reports, graphics), **Operators**
|
datasets), **Engineers** (engineering module: alarms, reports, graphics), **Operators**
|
||||||
(operator screens), **InternalProcess** (internal accounts, non-expiring passwords). The
|
(operator screens), **InternalProcess** (internal accounts, non-expiring passwords). The
|
||||||
|
|
@ -204,19 +200,12 @@ and reporting status into items:
|
||||||
| `intadtnot` | writes an AUDIT event from a script | `intadtnot -e A.B.C.D [-u user] [-t terminal] [-o old] [-v new]` |
|
| `intadtnot` | writes an AUDIT event from a script | `intadtnot -e A.B.C.D [-u user] [-t terminal] [-o old] [-v new]` |
|
||||||
| `intspawn` | runs a command on item value/status/option change, timer or node up/down (max 64 triggers) | `intspawn -n intspawn`, triggers in `intspawn.sup` |
|
| `intspawn` | runs a command on item value/status/option change, timer or node up/down (max 64 triggers) | `intspawn -n intspawn`, triggers in `intspawn.sup` |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*R1.05 (installed, 2026-10-08):* the `int*.sup` files and the commented start lines in
|
|
||||||
`integration_start.cmd` are unchanged; every start/stop script in `tls\com` now also calls
|
|
||||||
`?*_<script name>.cmd` extension scripts, e.g. `?*_integration_start.cmd` (not in the manual;
|
|
||||||
skill `system-management`, `monitoring-processes.md`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Problem handling (4.2)**: identify → investigate (performance monitors, logs, debug mode,
|
**Problem handling (4.2)**: identify → investigate (performance monitors, logs, debug mode,
|
||||||
debug tools) → fix (memory size, queue size, load balancing, patch).
|
debug tools) → fix (memory size, queue size, load balancing, patch).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 5. Implementation
|
## 5. Implementation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Engineering tools (5.1)**: License Authorization wizard (the 5th edition no longer lists the
|
**Engineering tools (5.1)**: License Request / Authorization wizards, Setup File Editor
|
||||||
License Request wizard; neither R1.03 nor R1.05 installs a `jtoolslicreq` script, although
|
|
||||||
§5.5.2 still names `jtoolslicreq_debug`), Setup File Editor
|
|
||||||
(changes apply after the process restarts), Engineering module (Enterprise version for
|
(changes apply after the process restarts), Engineering module (Enterprise version for
|
||||||
enterprise systems), Edit module (displays and symbols), CI Exchange (import CENTUM VP
|
enterprise systems), Edit module (displays and symbols), CI Exchange (import CENTUM VP
|
||||||
projects), Performance Monitor, Message log, ASPA, Excel Add-in, `hacw_hmi` (HAC management).
|
projects), Performance Monitor, Message log, ASPA, Excel Add-in, `hacw_hmi` (HAC management).
|
||||||
|
|
@ -246,9 +235,6 @@ usability), administrator tasks (backup, accounts, monitoring), performance and
|
||||||
too often: fix triggers/schedules, or add instances and priorities.
|
too often: fix triggers/schedules, or add instances and priorities.
|
||||||
- Database: collisions under 250/s; entries under 80 % of max users (default 2K); max files
|
- Database: collisions under 250/s; entries under 80 % of max users (default 2K); max files
|
||||||
1,200. Set `-u` / `-f` in `database_start.cmd`; check with `ismdbg`.
|
1,200. Set `-u` / `-f` in `database_start.cmd`; check with `ismdbg`.
|
||||||
- *R1.05 (installed):* `dur.sup` and `itm.sup` pool sizes and `dur_max_proc` unchanged;
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDA_QUESZ` raised to 1000 and `DSSMAN_QUESZ` 1000 added in `dss.sup`; the system monitor
|
|
||||||
also snapshots `netstat -anob` and the web server (`isgsnap`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Debugging (5.5.2)**
|
**Debugging (5.5.2)**
|
||||||
- Enable debug/log per process in its setup file (`<process>.sup`, level 1–3, log size);
|
- Enable debug/log per process in its setup file (`<process>.sup`, level 1–3, log size);
|
||||||
|
|
@ -270,10 +256,6 @@ usability), administrator tasks (backup, accounts, monitoring), performance and
|
||||||
`STATUS_DF`, `ALARM_ACK_DF`, `ALARM_AOI_DF`, communication `*_LINE_DF` / `*_STATION_DF` /
|
`STATUS_DF`, `ALARM_ACK_DF`, `ALARM_AOI_DF`, communication `*_LINE_DF` / `*_STATION_DF` /
|
||||||
`*_POINT_DF`, `INSTALL_DF`, `UNIT_DF`, `ITEM_DF`, `HIS_GROUP_DF` (item storage groups
|
`*_POINT_DF`, `INSTALL_DF`, `UNIT_DF`, `ITEM_DF`, `HIS_GROUP_DF` (item storage groups
|
||||||
only), `CLASS_DF`, `OBJECT_DF`, `REPORT_DF`. Drop fields removed in the new release.
|
only), `CLASS_DF`, `OBJECT_DF`, `REPORT_DF`. Drop fields removed in the new release.
|
||||||
*R1.05 (installed):* also export what the installed `dss_export.qli` does not cover, e.g.
|
|
||||||
`OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL2_DF`, the IEC 61850 / MQTT datasets and `UASERVER_MAPPER_DF`; API keys
|
|
||||||
(`API_KEYS_DF`) are excluded from full exports on purpose (create new keys on the target).
|
|
||||||
Exporting `OBJECT_DF` leaves 0-byte `dss_*.tmp` files in `tls\lst` (clean up afterwards).
|
|
||||||
2. Re-apply setup file changes on the new system (setup file contents can change between releases).
|
2. Re-apply setup file changes on the new system (setup file contents can change between releases).
|
||||||
3. Edit exports (e.g. node names in `PRINTER_TYPE_DF`, `*_LINE_DF`, `ITEM_DF`; set the
|
3. Edit exports (e.g. node names in `PRINTER_TYPE_DF`, `*_LINE_DF`, `ITEM_DF`; set the
|
||||||
`COMPILE` flag to 1 in `CLASS_DF`), then import in dependency order:
|
`COMPILE` flag to 1 in `CLASS_DF`), then import in dependency order:
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10L20-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10L20-01EN
|
||||||
title: History Management Engineering
|
title: History Management Engineering
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05; first summarized from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023, R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (text marked Sep. 2022)
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.03 - hisdbg read-only options, rollover and history file layout verified on the test system 2026-10-01; archive (hasman/hasexe/hasdbg), hisrecover, hisrep, hiswrn from docs; setup files checked read-only. R1.05 - text diff against R1.03 shows no content change (2026-10-08); has.sup, hisini.sup and the HISTORY program names compared with snapshots of the R1.05 test server (same, apart from instance/licence lines); history_start.cmd / history_stop.cmd differ and hisdbg was not run on R1.05 (awaiting user verification, ISS-100/101)
|
status: hisdbg read-only options, rollover and history file layout verified on the test system 2026-10-01; archive (hasman/hasexe/hasdbg), hisrecover, hisrep, hiswrn from docs; setup files checked read-only
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# History Management Engineering (R1.05)
|
# History Management Engineering (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05:** the 4th Edition (Feb. 2026) has no content change against the R1.03 edition (full
|
|
||||||
text diff, 2026-10-08; only the edition date and contact page). Section numbers are unchanged.
|
|
||||||
Installed files on the R1.05 test server (compared 2026-10-08 with snapshots taken that day):
|
|
||||||
same program file names (`his`, `hisdbg`, `hisrep`, `hisrecover`, `hiswrn`, `hasman`, `hasexe`,
|
|
||||||
`hasdbg`, `lghumh` …), same `has.sup`, `hisini.sup` differs only in instance and licence lines;
|
|
||||||
`history_start.cmd` and `history_stop.cmd` **differ** (content not yet read, ISS-100).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HISTORY Service schedules and administers **history groups** (storage groups) and their
|
HISTORY Service schedules and administers **history groups** (storage groups) and their
|
||||||
**units** (files) for all services that keep history: item history (ITEM Service), the
|
**units** (files) for all services that keep history: item history (ITEM Service), the
|
||||||
|
|
@ -31,9 +24,9 @@ numbers refer to the manual. Engineering Module forms and item storage group typ
|
||||||
| `HASEXE` | Archive executor: accesses the archive device; `has.sup` |
|
| `HASEXE` | Archive executor: accesses the archive device; `has.sup` |
|
||||||
| `LGHUMH` | Copies message log entries into the `SYS_LOG` group (started by `history_start.cmd` on the host node) |
|
| `LGHUMH` | Copies message log entries into the `SYS_LOG` group (started by `history_start.cmd` on the host node) |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Installed `tls\com\history_start.cmd` (R1.03; the R1.05 file differs, ISS-100): creates
|
Installed `tls\com\history_start.cmd`: creates `%TLS_HIS_PATH%\has`, runs **`hisrep`
|
||||||
`%TLS_HIS_PATH%\has`, runs **`hisrep` automatically at every start** when `his_units.dat`
|
automatically at every start** when `his_units.dat` exists, then starts `his`, `lghumh`,
|
||||||
exists, then starts `his`, `lghumh`, `hasexe`, `hasman`.
|
`hasexe`, `hasman`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Administration (DATABASE Service files in `tls\dat`): `his_proc.dat` (every client that ever
|
Administration (DATABASE Service files in `tls\dat`): `his_proc.dat` (every client that ever
|
||||||
logged in; they get *history manager up* at start), `his_groups.dat` (group definitions and
|
logged in; they get *history manager up* at start), `his_groups.dat` (group definitions and
|
||||||
|
|
@ -78,7 +71,7 @@ opt_type shows the item collection/storage type (the manual's table is garbled i
|
||||||
**verified**: Scan/Time `1 1` (`CIENG_SCAN10S`), Event/Item `2 2` (`CIENG_EVENT`),
|
**verified**: Scan/Time `1 1` (`CIENG_SCAN10S`), Event/Item `2 2` (`CIENG_EVENT`),
|
||||||
Aggregation `4 4` (`CIENG_AGG`). Times are shown in GMT.
|
Aggregation `4 4` (`CIENG_AGG`). Times are shown in GMT.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Verified on the R1.03 test system (2026-10-01):** 45 groups, 30 logged-in clients (ITH*, ALH,
|
**Verified on the test system (2026-10-01):** 45 groups, 30 logged-in clients (ITH*, ALH,
|
||||||
ADTSTO, DSSSDA/DSSEVT, LGHUMH, EQPIOSTAT, RPTMAN, HIS); group info of `CIENG_EVENT` (path
|
ADTSTO, DSSSDA/DSSEVT, LGHUMH, EQPIOSTAT, RPTMAN, HIS); group info of `CIENG_EVENT` (path
|
||||||
`C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\his\`, rollover daily at 00:00 GMT, life 7 days, GMT rollover,
|
`C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\his\`, rollover daily at 00:00 GMT, life 7 days, GMT rollover,
|
||||||
included in archiving); force rollover of `CIENG_EVENT` closed unit 3,1 and started 3,2.
|
included in archiving); force rollover of `CIENG_EVENT` closed unit 3,1 and started 3,2.
|
||||||
|
|
@ -102,7 +95,7 @@ included in archiving); force rollover of `CIENG_EVENT` closed unit 3,1 and star
|
||||||
(groups and units per medium), also copied to each medium. If corrupt: stop CI Server,
|
(groups and units per medium), also copied to each medium. If corrupt: stop CI Server,
|
||||||
delete both from `tls\dat`, start, register the latest initialised medium (and the latest
|
delete both from `tls\dat`, start, register the latest initialised medium (and the latest
|
||||||
used one). Remove damaged media with `hasdbg` 10.
|
used one). Remove damaged media with `hasdbg` 10.
|
||||||
- **Installed `has.sup`** (same on R1.03 and R1.05): no drive configured (archiving not set up), `COMPRESSION-RATIO 6`,
|
- **Installed `has.sup`:** no drive configured (archiving not set up), `COMPRESSION-RATIO 6`,
|
||||||
`SH_EOT` / `SH_NO_TAPE` shell signals. Other keywords: `TAPE-SIZE`, `STATUS_ITEM`,
|
`SH_EOT` / `SH_NO_TAPE` shell signals. Other keywords: `TAPE-SIZE`, `STATUS_ITEM`,
|
||||||
`HISTORY-PATH`, `TEMPORARY-PATH` (scratch folder for big archives), `HIS`, `SH_WRITE_PROT`,
|
`HISTORY-PATH`, `TEMPORARY-PATH` (scratch folder for big archives), `HIS`, `SH_WRITE_PROT`,
|
||||||
`SH_IGNORE`, `SH_KILL`, `DEBUG`.
|
`SH_IGNORE`, `SH_KILL`, `DEBUG`.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10L30-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10L30-01EN
|
||||||
title: BUS Service Engineering
|
title: BUS Service Engineering
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03). Revision table: contact information only; full text diff: only §10 (`durwfp` return value) reworded, same meaning
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; R1.03 (2026-10-01): installed tools, setup files (dur.sup, durm_1_udp.sup, time_table.sup, fmfprt.sup, durutl.sup) and durm_start.cmd checked read-only; durwfp verified; umhman, umhtestprog, umhmsg verified after a fresh start (ISS-030). R1.05 (2026-10-08, read-only on the test server): dur.sup, durm_1_udp.sup, durutl.sup and start scripts compared with R1.03; durwfp and umhman verified
|
status: from docs; installed tools, setup files (dur.sup, durm_1_udp.sup, time_table.sup, fmfprt.sup, durutl.sup) and durm_start.cmd checked read-only 2026-10-01; durwfp verified; umhman, umhtestprog, umhmsg verified after a fresh start (ISS-030)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# BUS Service Engineering (R1.05)
|
# BUS Service Engineering (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BUS Service is CI Server's messaging layer ("DUR", Dynamic User Region): every CI Server
|
BUS Service is CI Server's messaging layer ("DUR", Dynamic User Region): every CI Server
|
||||||
process attaches to a shared memory area and gets a **queue** (mailbox) under its DUR name;
|
process attaches to a shared memory area and gets a **queue** (mailbox) under its DUR name;
|
||||||
|
|
@ -49,18 +49,11 @@ CI Server executables, e.g. `opxuas -n opxuas`).
|
||||||
`ENABLE_DURMS N, 0` (host-host encryption, §13); `durm_1` is running although there is no
|
`ENABLE_DURMS N, 0` (host-host encryption, §13); `durm_1` is running although there is no
|
||||||
second node; `durutl.sup` has no active lines.
|
second node; `durutl.sup` has no active lines.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 (installed, 2026-10-08):** `durm_1_udp.sup`, `durutl.sup` and `time_table.sup` settings as
|
|
||||||
on R1.03 (`durm_1_udp.sup` and `durutl.sup` byte-identical). `dur.sup` has one new keyword,
|
|
||||||
`GATEWAY_CORE` (*Gateway Core*, default and installed `No`) for a CI Core with a gateway licence,
|
|
||||||
described in IM 36K10J10 §3.2.6, not in this manual. `bus_start.cmd` and `durm_start.cmd` end by
|
|
||||||
calling `?*_bus_start.cmd` / `?*_durm_start.cmd` extension scripts.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 3. Messages and the message log (§5, §6)
|
## 3. Messages and the message log (§5, §6)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Codes look like `FAC-S-ACRONYM` (S = S/I/W/E/F). Text comes from `messages.umh`; dynamic
|
- Codes look like `FAC-S-ACRONYM` (S = S/I/W/E/F). Text comes from `messages.umh`; dynamic
|
||||||
values are inserted by name; several codes can form one history entry.
|
values are inserted by name; several codes can form one history entry.
|
||||||
- `umhlog` writes to `tls\log\umhlog.log` (R1.05: rolls over to `umhlog.old` at about 40 MB;
|
- `umhlog` writes to `tls\log\umhlog.log`; `-d <node>` also logs centrally on another node,
|
||||||
the system monitor starts its logging with size `l40`, R1.03 `l4`); `-d <node>` also logs centrally on another node,
|
|
||||||
`-q <printer queue>` prints too.
|
`-q <printer queue>` prints too.
|
||||||
- Tools: `umhtestprog` (tests the message path), `umhmsg <hex code> [<var> <value>]…`
|
- Tools: `umhtestprog` (tests the message path), `umhmsg <hex code> [<var> <value>]…`
|
||||||
(issue a message from a script), `umhman` (look up a hex code, interactive),
|
(issue a message from a script), `umhman` (look up a hex code, interactive),
|
||||||
|
|
@ -87,7 +80,7 @@ calling `?*_bus_start.cmd` / `?*_durm_start.cmd` extension scripts.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Command | Use |
|
| Command | Use |
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|---|---|
|
||||||
| `durwfp -p <name> [-t <s>] [-e]` | Exit 0 if the process is attached (waits up to `-t`, default 60; `-t 0` = check now); `-e` waits for it to go away. Verified on R1.03 and R1.05: `umh`, `opcman` → 0, unknown name → 1. The manual (reworded in the R1.04 edition) says the result is 1 when attached and 0 otherwise — the opposite of the process exit code (ISS-120) |
|
| `durwfp -p <name> [-t <s>] [-e]` | Exit 0 if the process is attached (waits up to `-t`, default 60; `-t 0` = check now); `-e` waits for it to go away. Verified: `umh`, `opcman` → 0, unknown name → 1 |
|
||||||
| `durstp -m -p <name>` | Send a stop message (clean stop). `-k` kills, `-m -k` = stop, then kill after `-t` s; `-f` kills even with the common area locked (dangerous); `*` wildcard (`-p alm\*`). Never `durstp -k -p \*` |
|
| `durstp -m -p <name>` | Send a stop message (clean stop). `-k` kills, `-m -k` = stop, then kill after `-t` s; `-f` kills even with the common area locked (dangerous); `*` wildcard (`-p alm\*`). Never `durstp -k -p \*` |
|
||||||
| `durbat` | Starts processes on request from other processes (also remote) |
|
| `durbat` | Starts processes on request from other processes (also remote) |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -136,5 +129,5 @@ KB* and a high-queue of 100 % show that a queue needed more space → raise its
|
||||||
exhausted → `DUR_F_NO_SPACE`.
|
exhausted → `DUR_F_NO_SPACE`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Installed**: `ALM` 10, `ALH` 10, `WFLGDI` 20, `WFLCDI`/`WFLIDI`/`WFLADI`/`ITHEIX`/`ITHSER` 2,
|
**Installed**: `ALM` 10, `ALH` 10, `WFLGDI` 20, `WFLCDI`/`WFLIDI`/`WFLADI`/`ITHEIX`/`ITHSER` 2,
|
||||||
`DSSSDA*`/`DSSEVT*`/`OPCEXE` 1 %; R1.05 adds `ADTSTO` 1 %. Note: `OPCEXE` does not match the
|
`DSSSDA*`/`DSSEVT*`/`OPCEXE` 1 %. Note: `OPCEXE` does not match the installed executor names
|
||||||
installed executor names `OPCEXE1`…`4` (no wildcard) — see ISS-026; unchanged on R1.05.
|
`OPCEXE1`…`4` (no wildcard) — see ISS-026.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10L35-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10L35-01EN
|
||||||
title: ITEM Service Engineering - ITH
|
title: ITEM Service Engineering - ITH
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05; first summarized from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023, R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.03 - from docs; installed ITH processes (item_start.cmd), setup files itheex.sup and itheix.sup checked read-only on the test system (2026-09-30); ithloahis practiced in phase 1. R1.05 - text diff against R1.03 shows no content change (2026-10-08); all ith*.sup files compared with snapshots of the R1.05 test server (identical apart from the creation date in ithini.sup); item_start.cmd / item_stop.cmd differ, content not yet read (awaiting user verification, ISS-100)
|
status: from docs; installed ITH processes (item_start.cmd), setup files itheex.sup and itheix.sup checked read-only on the test system (2026-09-30); ithloahis practiced in phase 1
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# ITEM Service Engineering - ITH (R1.05)
|
# ITEM Service Engineering - ITH (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05:** the 4th Edition (Feb. 2026) has no content change against the R1.03 edition (full
|
|
||||||
text diff, 2026-10-08: one sentence in §5 reworded with the same meaning, title spacing,
|
|
||||||
contact page). Section numbers are unchanged. Installed on the R1.05 test server (compared
|
|
||||||
2026-10-08 with snapshots taken that day): the same ITH program and setup file names, every
|
|
||||||
`ith*.sup` identical (values below still hold); `item_start.cmd` / `item_stop.cmd` differ from
|
|
||||||
R1.03 (ISS-100), so the start list below is the R1.03 one until the R1.05 file is read.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ITH is the item-history part of ITEM Service: it gathers item values from ITM and stores and
|
ITH is the item-history part of ITEM Service: it gathers item values from ITM and stores and
|
||||||
retrieves them for the storage (history) groups that HISTORY Service manages. Section numbers
|
retrieves them for the storage (history) groups that HISTORY Service manages. Section numbers
|
||||||
|
|
@ -37,8 +30,8 @@ refer to the manual. Storage groups themselves: phase 9 (IM 36K10L20, C40).
|
||||||
time window and hands the request to a retrieve process. Keeps the item directory.
|
time window and hands the request to a retrieve process. Keeps the item directory.
|
||||||
- `ITHDBG` debugger, `ITHRECOVER` repair.
|
- `ITHDBG` debugger, `ITHRECOVER` repair.
|
||||||
- Start/stop lists: `tls\com\item_start.cmd` / `item_stop.cmd`; processes for unused types can
|
- Start/stop lists: `tls\com\item_start.cmd` / `item_stop.cmd`; processes for unused types can
|
||||||
be removed there. **Installed R1.03 start list** (R1.05 file differs, ISS-100): `ithser`,
|
be removed there. **Installed R1.03 start list**: `ithser`, `itheex`, `itheix`, `ithstx`,
|
||||||
`itheex`, `itheix`, `ithstx`, `ithsde`, aggregation `ithsag` and retrieve processes in **two instances each**
|
`ithsde`, aggregation `ithsag` and retrieve processes in **two instances each**
|
||||||
(`ithrte00/01`, `ithrei00/01`, `ithrag00/01`, `ithrtt00/01`, `ithrde00/01`). Not started:
|
(`ithrte00/01`, `ithrei00/01`, `ithrag00/01`, `ithrtt00/01`, `ithrde00/01`). Not started:
|
||||||
`ithsix`, `ithrti`, `ithsdi`, `ithrdi`.
|
`ithsix`, `ithrti`, `ithsdi`, `ithrdi`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10L50-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10L50-01EN
|
||||||
title: Data Set Service Engineering
|
title: Data Set Service Engineering
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03). Changed since: R1.04 App. 1 (OPC UA client method dataset renamed to OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL2_DF); full text diff: otherwise only §3.9 `-c` wording, same meaning
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.03 (2026-10-01): process layout, dss.sup, dssqld directives (macro, include, memo from file), dssutl read and the dataset notes checked on the test system; dssana.sup tabs from docs (covered by skill authorization); dsschk see IM36K10J10 notes. R1.05 (2026-10-08, read-only on the test server): processes, database_start.cmd, dss.sup, dssqld.sup, dssqld help text, dataset definitions and dsschk -e -v re-checked; macro/include/memo loads and dssutl not re-run
|
status: process layout, dss.sup, dssqld directives (macro, include, memo from file), dssutl read and the dataset notes checked on the test system 2026-10-01; dssana.sup tabs from docs (covered by skill authorization); dsschk see IM36K10J10 notes
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Data Set Service Engineering (R1.05)
|
# Data Set Service Engineering (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DSS (Data Set Services) is the layer through which every CI Server tool and user interface reads
|
DSS (Data Set Services) is the layer through which every CI Server tool and user interface reads
|
||||||
and changes configuration and run-time data: items, alarms, classes, users, history, reports …
|
and changes configuration and run-time data: items, alarms, classes, users, history, reports …
|
||||||
|
|
@ -36,14 +36,6 @@ starts `DSSSDA00`–`03` (count from `%TLS_MAX_SDA_ID%`, default 3), `DSSSDAOPC0
|
||||||
more than the manual's "about 5 per node" advice. On the very first start (`database.new`) the
|
more than the manual's "about 5 per node" advice. On the very first start (`database.new`) the
|
||||||
script compiles all `tls\src\*.dss` into the dictionary (`dss -d -q -u`).
|
script compiles all `tls\src\*.dss` into the dictionary (`dss -d -q -u`).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 (installed, 2026-10-08), not in the manual:** 12 `dsssda.exe` and 7 `dssevt.exe`. The
|
|
||||||
script starts `DSSSDA00`–`03` as fixed lines (`%TLS_MAX_SDA_ID%` no longer read) plus two new
|
|
||||||
dedicated servers: `DSSSDARST` for the RESTful API server (`JRSTSRV`) and `DSSSDAPY` for pyTOOLS
|
|
||||||
(`PYDSS*`). After an upgrade (`database.new`) it runs the R1.04/R1.05 dataset conversion
|
|
||||||
programs (`*_u0104`, `*_u0105`, e.g. `opcuac_method_u0104`, `dss_ath_grp_u0104`,
|
|
||||||
`iec61850_rcb_u0105`) and keeps `database.new` when one fails so the conversion is retried at
|
|
||||||
the next start. It ends by calling `?*_database_start.cmd` extension scripts.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 2. Tuning — `dss.sup` (§2.2)
|
## 2. Tuning — `dss.sup` (§2.2)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Heartbeats and DUR queue sizes per process (`DSSEVT_HBEAT`, `DSSSDA_QUESZ` …), PML dataset cache
|
Heartbeats and DUR queue sizes per process (`DSSEVT_HBEAT`, `DSSSDA_QUESZ` …), PML dataset cache
|
||||||
|
|
@ -57,9 +49,6 @@ routes `OPCEXE1`–`4`, `OPCACT`, `OPCJACT`, `OPCLOA`, `ALNMGR` to `DSSSDAOPC00`
|
||||||
the same for events. Further undocumented keywords: `EXCL_ACC_EXCEPTION_PROCESS`,
|
the same for events. Further undocumented keywords: `EXCL_ACC_EXCEPTION_PROCESS`,
|
||||||
`CLOG_EXCEPTION_PROCESS`, `CLOG_EXCEPTION_DATASET` (a long list of run-time datasets).
|
`CLOG_EXCEPTION_PROCESS`, `CLOG_EXCEPTION_DATASET` (a long list of run-time datasets).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 `dss.sup`:** `DSSSDA_QUESZ = 1000` (was 252), new `DSSMAN_QUESZ = 1000`, and
|
|
||||||
`DSSSDA_SRV` lines for `JRSTSRV` → `DSSSDARST` and `PYDSS*` → `DSSSDAPY`; rest unchanged.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 3. Authentication — `dssana.sup` (§2.3)
|
## 3. Authentication — `dssana.sup` (§2.3)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`DSSANA` keeps the list of logged-in users and decides who may start which user interface from
|
`DSSANA` keeps the list of logged-in users and decides who may start which user interface from
|
||||||
|
|
@ -101,11 +90,7 @@ Options: `-i` insert, `-m` modify, `-r` remove, `-e <out> [<qli>]` export (all d
|
||||||
`NO-EXPORT` list in `dssqld.sup`, or what the qli names), `-c` CSV, `-a` concealed fields, `-d`
|
`NO-EXPORT` list in `dssqld.sup`, or what the qli names), `-c` CSV, `-a` concealed fields, `-d`
|
||||||
one dataset, `-f` dictionary report, `-l` listing, `-s` setup file. Exports may need reordering
|
one dataset, `-f` dictionary report, `-l` listing, `-s` setup file. Exports may need reordering
|
||||||
before re-import (circular references: stations ↔ items, first-out groups, classes).
|
before re-import (circular references: stations ↔ items, first-out groups, classes).
|
||||||
`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\dss_export.qli` is a ready-made export list (identical on R1.05; it does not
|
`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\dss_export.qli` is a ready-made export list. Task files: skill `system-management`
|
||||||
cover the IEC 61850, MQTT, OPC UA client method/tag, `UASERVER_MAPPER_DF` or `API_KEYS_DF`
|
|
||||||
datasets). R1.05 `dssqld.sup` adds `NO-EXPORT=API_KEYS_DF`; `dssqld -h` text is identical to
|
|
||||||
R1.03. Exporting `OBJECT_DF` on R1.05 leaves about one 0-byte `dss_*.tmp` per object in
|
|
||||||
`tls\lst` (not removed by CI Server). Task files: skill `system-management`
|
|
||||||
(`export-dataset.md`, `load-remove-records.md`).
|
(`export-dataset.md`, `load-remove-records.md`).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 5. `dssutl` (§4)
|
## 5. `dssutl` (§4)
|
||||||
|
|
@ -139,15 +124,3 @@ value/status/quality (`BLOCKED_UPDATE` for blocked items, status must be written
|
||||||
mandatory filter; `PRINTER_*` devices/destinations (written by the printer manager for `_OVV`
|
mandatory filter; `PRINTER_*` devices/destinations (written by the printer manager for `_OVV`
|
||||||
and `_TYPE`); `REPORT_DF` / `REPORT_VAL` see `IM36K10C30-01EN.md`; `SEQUENCE_DF` `COMPILE`;
|
and `_TYPE`); `REPORT_DF` / `REPORT_VAL` see `IM36K10C30-01EN.md`; `SEQUENCE_DF` `COMPILE`;
|
||||||
`STATION_DF` `REDUN_LINE`.
|
`STATION_DF` `REDUN_LINE`.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.04/R1.05 datasets** (manual App. 1 and the installed `tls\src`, 2026-10-08): the OPC UA client
|
|
||||||
method dataset is now `OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL2_DF` (App. 1, R1.04; replaces
|
|
||||||
`OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL_IN_DF` and `OPCUAC_METHOD_CALL_OUT_DF`, both gone). New definitions not in
|
|
||||||
App. 1: `API_KEYS_DF` (API keys per user), `UASERVER_MAPPER_DF` (OPC UA Information Model Mapper
|
|
||||||
project), `IEC61850_RCB_DF` (IEC 61850 report control blocks), `ALARM_ATTRIBUTE_TEMP_DF` (alarm
|
|
||||||
attributes; purpose not documented). Changed definitions include `ITEM_VAL` (new fields
|
|
||||||
`ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT`), `AUTH_GROUP_DF` (`ACTION_NAME_1`…`250`
|
|
||||||
instead of …`200`), the IEC 104 / IEC 61850 datasets, several OPC UA client/PubSub
|
|
||||||
datasets, `EXTERNAL_ALARM_DF`, `AUDIT_TRAIL` and `dss_global.dss` (OPC UA node ID type
|
|
||||||
`OPAQUE`, parameter-type template for methods). Practical use: skills `data-access` and
|
|
||||||
`equipment`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10P30-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10P30-01EN
|
||||||
title: Data Set Service Language
|
title: Data Set Service Language
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03). Revision table: contact information only; full text diff: no other change
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: compiler run as a syntax check on a copy of the installed DSS files and on a deliberately broken test file (R1.03, 2026-10-01); syntax check of a copy of the installed R1.05 files on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08, dictionary untouched); defining new datasets and updating the dictionary from docs only
|
status: compiler run as a syntax check on a copy of the installed DSS files and on a deliberately broken test file (2026-10-01); defining new datasets and updating the dictionary from docs only
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Data Set Service Language (R1.05)
|
# Data Set Service Language (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The DSS language describes datasets; the DSS compiler (`dss.exe`) checks the descriptions and
|
The DSS language describes datasets; the DSS compiler (`dss.exe`) checks the descriptions and
|
||||||
builds the data dictionary (`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\tlsdic_dss.dic`) and C include files. It is a system
|
builds the data dictionary (`%TLS_DAT_PATH%\tlsdic_dss.dic`) and C include files. It is a system
|
||||||
|
|
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ servers. Section numbers refer to the manual.
|
||||||
## 1. DSS files (§2)
|
## 1. DSS files (§2)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Plain text, one dataset per file recommended, extension `.dss`. The installed descriptions are
|
- Plain text, one dataset per file recommended, extension `.dss`. The installed descriptions are
|
||||||
in `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\src\` (253 `.dss` files on the R1.03 test system, 256 on R1.05, plus `.c` sources of the
|
in `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\src\` (253 `.dss` files on the test system, plus `.c` sources of the
|
||||||
data access servers and `.umh` message files). Reading them is the best way to learn a
|
data access servers and `.umh` message files). Reading them is the best way to learn a
|
||||||
dataset's fields, ranges, lists and defaults (`dssqld -f` shows the same information).
|
dataset's fields, ranges, lists and defaults (`dssqld -f` shows the same information).
|
||||||
- Syntax: `<KEYWORD value>` or `<KEYWORD <SUB …> …>`; keywords case-insensitive; strings in
|
- Syntax: `<KEYWORD value>` or `<KEYWORD <SUB …> …>`; keywords case-insensitive; strings in
|
||||||
|
|
@ -51,14 +51,7 @@ Run `dss` in the folder that holds the `.dss` files; it compiles **all** of them
|
||||||
(`dss -l -w`, 251 files plus the two include files) and `tlsdic_dss.dic` was not touched. A test
|
(`dss -l -w`, 251 files plus the two include files) and `tlsdic_dss.dic` was not touched. A test
|
||||||
file with a missing `>` gave `cieng_test_df.dss (15,2): EOF is not expected, expected 1
|
file with a missing `>` gave `cieng_test_df.dss (15,2): EOF is not expected, expected 1
|
||||||
end-of-sentence characters ('>')` and `1 errors found.` The start script uses an undocumented
|
end-of-sentence characters ('>')` and `1 errors found.` The start script uses an undocumented
|
||||||
`-u` (compile without the DSS shared memory) on the first start.
|
`-u` (compile without the DSS shared memory) on the first start. `dssxdb` has a "beautify DSS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.05 (2026-10-08):** a copy of the 256 installed files (254 dataset files plus the include
|
|
||||||
files `dss_global.dss` and `opcuap_global.dss`) compiled with `dss -l -w` in a scratch folder:
|
|
||||||
the listing shows only `Processing file …` lines (no errors), and `tlsdic_dss.dic` kept its date.
|
|
||||||
New files since R1.03: `alarm_attribute_temp_df`, `api_keys_df`, `iec61850_rcb_df`,
|
|
||||||
`uaserver_mapper_df`, `opcuac_method_call2_df` (replaces `opcuac_method_call_in_df` /
|
|
||||||
`_out_df`); see `IM36K10L50-01EN.md` §7. `dssxdb` has a "beautify DSS
|
|
||||||
dictionary source" function to find unbalanced `<` `>` (`IM36K10L50-01EN.md` §1.2).
|
dictionary source" function to find unbalanced `<` `>` (`IM36K10L50-01EN.md` §1.2).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To add a value to an existing list (e.g. a report destination, R40 §3.3): edit the `.dss` in
|
To add a value to an existing list (e.g. a report destination, R40 §3.3): edit the `.dss` in
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,26 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10R10-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10R10-01EN
|
||||||
title: CI Portal Setup
|
title: CI Portal Setup
|
||||||
edition: 5th Edition, Feb. 2026 (first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; setup file names, keywords and default values checked read-only on the R1.03 test system (2026-09-30) and on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08); separate CI Portal node not tested (both test systems are single nodes)
|
status: from docs; setup file names, keywords and default values checked read-only on the test system (2026-09-30)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# CI Portal Setup (R1.05)
|
# CI Portal Setup (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
How the user-interface programs reach CI Server data, when to use CI Portal or CI View, how
|
How the user-interface programs reach CI Server data, when to use CI Portal or CI View, how
|
||||||
to set up a CI Portal node, and the setup files of the user interface. Section numbers refer
|
to set up a CI Portal node, and the setup files of the user interface. Section numbers refer
|
||||||
to the manual. "Seen on test system" values come from the R1.03.00 test machine
|
to the manual. "Seen on test system" values come from the R1.03.00 test machine
|
||||||
(standalone node) and are the installed defaults there; R1.05 differences are marked.
|
(standalone node) and are the installed defaults there.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.03 to R1.05 (full text diff, 2026-10-08):** section numbering unchanged. R1.04 (4th
|
|
||||||
Edition): §3.1 installs from an ISO file instead of the DVD (not in the revision table,
|
|
||||||
ISS-108) and §3.3 gained a link to BUS Service Engineering (listed as "3.3 Updated
|
|
||||||
descriptions"; the `dur.sup` figure may also have changed, figures are not compared).
|
|
||||||
R1.05 (5th Edition): contact information only. Installed files: `dur.sup` and `jwuiisg.sup`
|
|
||||||
gained keywords the manual does not describe (§3, §4.3; ISS-109 to ISS-112); the WFL
|
|
||||||
files, `jwuiged.sup` and `jwuiaan.sup` are unchanged and `jhmiset.sup` differs only in
|
|
||||||
spacing.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. User-interface processes
|
## 1. User-interface processes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -88,15 +79,11 @@ Module and Engineering Module as Java applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 3. Setting up a CI Portal node
|
## 3. Setting up a CI Portal node
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Install CI Server (§3.1): R1.04 and later run setup from the product ISO file mounted on
|
1. Install from the CI Server DVD (setup always installs everything; §3.1).
|
||||||
the computer (R1.03: from the DVD). Setup always installs everything; the licence
|
|
||||||
decides the package.
|
|
||||||
2. Apply the **CI Portal licence** with the License Authorization Wizard; the licence decides
|
2. Apply the **CI Portal licence** with the License Authorization Wizard; the licence decides
|
||||||
the package (§3.2).
|
the package (§3.2).
|
||||||
3. Configure the DURM line to CI Core and set the **host node** (CI Core node number) in
|
3. Configure the DURM line to CI Core and set the **host node** (CI Core node number) in
|
||||||
`dur.sup` (`host_node`, label *Host node*, on the editor's *General* tab; 0 on a
|
`dur.sup` (`host_node`; 0 on a single-node system) (§3.3).
|
||||||
single-node system) (§3.3). R1.04 and later point to IM 36K10L30 ch. 3 (inter-node
|
|
||||||
communication) for the connection itself.
|
|
||||||
4. Restart CI Server on the portal (§3.4).
|
4. Restart CI Server on the portal (§3.4).
|
||||||
5. Copy the visualisations from CI Core or another portal into
|
5. Copy the visualisations from CI Core or another portal into
|
||||||
`%TLS_WAP_PATH%\cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\` (sub-folders seen on test system:
|
`%TLS_WAP_PATH%\cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\` (sub-folders seen on test system:
|
||||||
|
|
@ -104,16 +91,6 @@ Module and Engineering Module as Java applications.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DURM lines and node layouts: `IM36K10J10-01EN.md` (system layouts) and phase 7 (BUS Service).
|
DURM lines and node layouts: `IM36K10J10-01EN.md` (system layouts) and phase 7 (BUS Service).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Gateway core (R1.04 and later; not in this manual, ISS-109).** The installed `dur.sup`
|
|
||||||
has a new switch `gateway_core` (label *Gateway Core*, *General* tab, installed `No`).
|
|
||||||
IM 36K10J10 §3.2.6 (5th Edition) describes the gateway configuration: a CI Core with a
|
|
||||||
gateway licence collects and passes on data but has **no operator interface**, neither on
|
|
||||||
itself nor on a CI Portal or CI View connected to it. The switch must match the licence;
|
|
||||||
otherwise a mismatch message goes to the message log (UMHLOG). A regular CI Core connected
|
|
||||||
to a gateway core keeps its operator interface. Also new in the R1.05 `dur.sup`: an adaptive
|
|
||||||
queue set for `ADTSTO` (1.00). From docs; the R1.05 test server is a regular single node
|
|
||||||
(`gateway_core = No`, `host_node = 0`).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 4. User-interface setup files (§4)
|
## 4. User-interface setup files (§4)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Edited with the Setup File Editor (`IM36K10R20-01EN.md`); normally only the logon method
|
Edited with the Setup File Editor (`IM36K10R20-01EN.md`); normally only the logon method
|
||||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +101,7 @@ CI Portal restart). All files are in `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup`.
|
||||||
|---|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| `jhmiset.sup` | Engineering Module | Item Search Utility, Report viewing and printing, Tuning | `JHMI_ISU_ONLY_PA = N` (item search limited to the user's process areas), `VIEW_FONT`/`VIEW_FONT_SIZE = Courier`/`12`, `PRINT_FONT`/`PRINT_FONT_SIZE = Courier`/`8`, `PRINT_ORIENTATION = Portrait`, `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` (ms) |
|
| `jhmiset.sup` | Engineering Module | Item Search Utility, Report viewing and printing, Tuning | `JHMI_ISU_ONLY_PA = N` (item search limited to the user's process areas), `VIEW_FONT`/`VIEW_FONT_SIZE = Courier`/`12`, `PRINT_FONT`/`PRINT_FONT_SIZE = Courier`/`8`, `PRINT_ORIENTATION = Portrait`, `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` (ms) |
|
||||||
| `jwuiged.sup` | Edit Module | Tuning | `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` |
|
| `jwuiged.sup` | Edit Module | Tuning | `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` |
|
||||||
| `jwuiisg.sup` | Web-HMI server (operator interface, CI View) | Information, General, Client communication, Enterprise, Tuning, Compatibility, Mobile Operator, Proxy Service, Security; R1.05 adds *Access Control* | see below |
|
| `jwuiisg.sup` | Web-HMI server (operator interface, CI View) | Information, General, Client communication, Enterprise, Tuning, Compatibility, Mobile Operator, Proxy Service, Security | see below |
|
||||||
| `wfla_display.sup` | Alarm item/display relation (§4.4.1) | General, Debug (General = keywords before the first `!TAB`, ISS-015) | `RELATION_LOCATION = Location of item`, `DISPLAY_LOCATION = Location as Relation Location`, `DUR_QUEUE_SIZE = 1000`, `TIME_OUT_SEC = 60`, `TIMER_INTERVAL = 10` |
|
| `wfla_display.sup` | Alarm item/display relation (§4.4.1) | General, Debug (General = keywords before the first `!TAB`, ISS-015) | `RELATION_LOCATION = Location of item`, `DISPLAY_LOCATION = Location as Relation Location`, `DUR_QUEUE_SIZE = 1000`, `TIME_OUT_SEC = 60`, `TIMER_INTERVAL = 10` |
|
||||||
| `wfladi.sup` | WFLADI alarm destination (§4.4.2) | General | `EVENTS = alarm,repeat,ackn,deact,info,recov,diag,firstup` |
|
| `wfladi.sup` | WFLADI alarm destination (§4.4.2) | General | `EVENTS = alarm,repeat,ackn,deact,info,recov,diag,firstup` |
|
||||||
| `wflcdi.sup` | WFLCDI trend/history (§4.4.3) | General, Time, Debug | `HIST_NODE = -1`, `BUFFER_SIZE = 50` (MB), `TIME_OUT_SEC = 60`, `TIMER_INTERVAL = 10` |
|
| `wflcdi.sup` | WFLCDI trend/history (§4.4.3) | General, Time, Debug | `HIST_NODE = -1`, `BUFFER_SIZE = 50` (MB), `TIME_OUT_SEC = 60`, `TIMER_INTERVAL = 10` |
|
||||||
|
|
@ -144,38 +121,32 @@ files** (user decision 2026-09-30):
|
||||||
settings on a *General* tab, as the manual shows (ISS-015, checked in the GUI).
|
settings on a *General* tab, as the manual shows (ISS-015, checked in the GUI).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Other `wfl*.sup` files (`wfldts`, `wflini`, `wflmap`, `wflpti`) are not described in the
|
Other `wfl*.sup` files (`wfldts`, `wflini`, `wflmap`, `wflpti`) are not described in the
|
||||||
manual. On R1.05 they are identical to R1.03 except `wflini.sup`, which holds
|
manual.
|
||||||
node-specific licence data written at install time.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Checked in the R1.03 Setup File Editor (2026-09-30): `wfla_display.sup`, `wflgdi.sup` and all
|
Checked in the Setup File Editor (2026-09-30): `wfla_display.sup`, `wflgdi.sup` and all
|
||||||
nine tabs of `jwuiisg.sup` show exactly the fields and values in the files, in the order
|
nine tabs of `jwuiisg.sup` show exactly the fields and values in the files, in the order
|
||||||
of their `!KEYWORD` blocks. String values are shown without their quotes. Both *Tuning*
|
of their `!KEYWORD` blocks. String values are shown without their quotes. Both *Tuning*
|
||||||
fields are labelled "Event fetch interval": the first is `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL`, the
|
fields are labelled "Event fetch interval": the first is `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL`, the
|
||||||
second `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL`. The R1.05 editor (ten tabs in `jwuiisg.sup`) is not yet
|
second `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL`.
|
||||||
checked in the GUI (ISS-112, ISS-113).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### jwuiisg.sup (§4.3)
|
### jwuiisg.sup (§4.3)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The file's *Information* tab says the **login method and login control settings have moved
|
The file's *Information* tab says the **login method and login control settings have moved
|
||||||
to `dssana.sup`** (authentication and authorization setup file), so in R1.03 the logon
|
to `dssana.sup`** (authentication and authorization setup file), so in R1.03 the logon
|
||||||
setup mentioned in §4 is not in `jwuiisg.sup` (ISS-017). Same *Information* text in R1.05.
|
setup mentioned in §4 is not in `jwuiisg.sup` (ISS-017).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Tab | Keyword (test system value) | Meaning |
|
| Tab | Keyword (test system value) | Meaning |
|
||||||
|---|---|---|
|
|---|---|---|
|
||||||
| General | `STORE_ITEM_IDS_IN_DISPLAYS = YES` | Store internal item/signal IDs in display and symbol files when validated: faster. Set NO when one portal may be switched between CI Cores that have the same item names (IDs differ per core), so displays need not be re-validated. |
|
| General | `STORE_ITEM_IDS_IN_DISPLAYS = YES` | Store internal item/signal IDs in display and symbol files when validated: faster. Set NO when one portal may be switched between CI Cores that have the same item names (IDs differ per core), so displays need not be re-validated. |
|
||||||
| | R1.05: `SERVER_FILE_CACHE = 0` | Not in the manual (ISS-110); from the file's help: how long (ms) the web server caches remote files; 0 = no cache |
|
| Client communication | `SECURE_PORT_NUMBER = 8443`, `NON_SECURE_PORT_NUMBER = 8080` | HTTPS / HTTP ports for clients |
|
||||||
| Client communication | R1.05: `HTTP_TO_HTTPS_REDIRECT = NO` | Not in the manual (ISS-110): YES redirects HTTP requests to HTTPS |
|
|
||||||
| | `SECURE_PORT_NUMBER = 8443`, `NON_SECURE_PORT_NUMBER = 8080` | HTTPS / HTTP ports for clients |
|
|
||||||
| | `REQUEST_HEADER_SIZE = 8192` | Request header size |
|
| | `REQUEST_HEADER_SIZE = 8192` | Request header size |
|
||||||
| | `CLIENT_QUEUE = 10000` | Messages buffered while a client cannot receive; too small → lost real-time data on reconnect. Check the *Failed* column of `jwuiisg` in the performance monitor. |
|
| | `CLIENT_QUEUE = 10000` | Messages buffered while a client cannot receive; too small → lost real-time data on reconnect. Check the *Failed* column of `jwuiisg` in the performance monitor. |
|
||||||
| | R1.05: `RECONNECT_TIMEOUT_OVERRIDE` (no active line, not in `!DEFAULT`) | Not in the manual (ISS-110); from the file's help: seconds the server keeps buffering for a client whose connection dropped, so it can reconnect; 0 = use the value the client asks for (client default 300 s) |
|
|
||||||
| Enterprise | `PRIMARY_DATA_LOCATION = "$display$"` | Where to look for item attributes/object signals not specified in the display: node name/number, `$host$` (portal the operator interface is connected to) or `$display$` (portal the display was loaded from, default). A secondary location (default none) is used for enterprise displays only. |
|
| Enterprise | `PRIMARY_DATA_LOCATION = "$display$"` | Where to look for item attributes/object signals not specified in the display: node name/number, `$host$` (portal the operator interface is connected to) or `$display$` (portal the display was loaded from, default). A secondary location (default none) is used for enterprise displays only. |
|
||||||
| Tuning | `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` | Polling of BUS Service and DSS event queues (ms) |
|
| Tuning | `JBUS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 50`, `JDSS_MSG_FETCH_INTERVAL = 100` | Polling of BUS Service and DSS event queues (ms) |
|
||||||
| Compatibility | `R1001_COMPATIBLE_NUMBER_HANDLING = NO`, `APPLY_TEXT_SMOOTHING = NO` | Number handling (from the file's help; the manual gives none): YES = R10.01 behaviour, numbers shown and parsed in Java notation (e.g. `12345.67`) unless a format string is used; NO = the user's locale format. Text smoothing keeps labels in grouped symbols the same size when scaled |
|
| Compatibility | `R1001_COMPATIBLE_NUMBER_HANDLING = NO`, `APPLY_TEXT_SMOOTHING = NO` | Number handling (from the file's help; the manual gives none): YES = R10.01 behaviour, numbers shown and parsed in Java notation (e.g. `12345.67`) unless a format string is used; NO = the user's locale format. Text smoothing keeps labels in grouped symbols the same size when scaled |
|
||||||
| Mobile Operator | `MO_CACHE_DISPLAYS = YES`, `MO_CACHE_SYMBOLS = YES`, `MO_SHAPE_RENDERING = AUTO`, `MO_BUFFER_MS = 200` | Browser caching of displays/symbols (memory vs network load). From the file's help (not in the manual): *Shape rendering* is the SVG rendering trade-off — `AUTO` (balanced, favours precision), `OPTIMIZE_SPEED` (may turn off anti-aliasing), `CRISP_EDGES`, `GEOMETRIC_PRECISION`; *Buffer alarms timer* (ms) is how long alarms are buffered before being drawn — raise it for large alarm bursts |
|
| Mobile Operator | `MO_CACHE_DISPLAYS = YES`, `MO_CACHE_SYMBOLS = YES`, `MO_SHAPE_RENDERING = AUTO`, `MO_BUFFER_MS = 200` | Browser caching of displays/symbols (memory vs network load). From the file's help (not in the manual): *Shape rendering* is the SVG rendering trade-off — `AUTO` (balanced, favours precision), `OPTIMIZE_SPEED` (may turn off anti-aliasing), `CRISP_EDGES`, `GEOMETRIC_PRECISION`; *Buffer alarms timer* (ms) is how long alarms are buffered before being drawn — raise it for large alarm bursts |
|
||||||
| Proxy Service | (none set) | Alias, remote WMS URL, optional HTTP proxy address/port for the Edit Module map viewer (IM 36K10C50 §2.37). Needs a portal restart. |
|
| Proxy Service | (none set) | Alias, remote WMS URL, optional HTTP proxy address/port for the Edit Module map viewer (IM 36K10C50 §2.37). Needs a portal restart. |
|
||||||
| Security | `SECURITY_ENABLED = YES`, `CORS_ENTRY = <parameter>, <value>` (repeated), `HEADER_ENTRY = <action>, <header>, <value>` | Not in the manual (ISS-014); from the file's help: YES applies the CORS and header settings, NO uses server defaults. CORS parameters: `allowedOrigins` (installed `"*"` = all origins), `allowedTimingOrigins`, `allowedMethods` (`GET;POST;HEAD`), `allowedHeaders`, `preflightMaxAge` (1800), `allowCredentials`, `exposedHeaders`, `chainPreflight`. Header actions `set`, `add`, `setDate`, `addDate`. A third frame, *Content Security Policy (CSP)* (`CSP_ENTRY = <directive>, <value>`, directives such as `default-src`, `script-src`, `frame-ancestors`). **R1.03** installed only `set, X-Frame-Options, "sameorigin"` and no CSP. **R1.05** (ISS-111) installs seven headers (`X-Content-Type-Options nosniff`, `X-Frame-Options sameorigin`, `Strict-Transport-Security max-age=31536000;includeSubDomains`, `X-XSS-Protection 1;mode=block`, `Cache-Control no-store`, `Referrer-Policy no-referrer`, `X-Permitted-Cross-Domain-Policies none`; the header choice list gained `Cache-Control`, `Pragma`, `Referrer-Policy`) and nine CSP entries that allow scripts, fonts and images only from the server itself (plus inline/eval scripts and `data:` images/fonts). Verified in the HTTP responses on 8080 and 8443 (2026-10-08). Content from other hosts in displays (e.g. web components, external images) may be blocked by this policy; not tested. |
|
| Security | `SECURITY_ENABLED = YES`, `CORS_ENTRY = <parameter>, <value>` (repeated), `HEADER_ENTRY = <action>, <header>, <value>` | Not in the manual (ISS-014); from the file's help: YES applies the CORS and header settings, NO uses server defaults. CORS parameters: `allowedOrigins` (installed `"*"` = all origins), `allowedTimingOrigins`, `allowedMethods` (`GET;POST;HEAD`), `allowedHeaders`, `preflightMaxAge` (1800), `allowCredentials`, `exposedHeaders`, `chainPreflight`. Header actions `set`, `add`, `setDate`, `addDate`; installed: `set, X-Frame-Options, "sameorigin"`. A third frame, *Content Security Policy (CSP)* (`CSP_ENTRY = <directive>, <value>`, directives such as `default-src`, `script-src`, `frame-ancestors`), has no entries installed. |
|
||||||
| Access Control (R1.05) | `RESTRICT_IP_ACCESS = NO`, `HOSTNAME_WHITELISTING = "*"` (repeatable) | Not in the manual (ISS-110); from the file's help: restrict web-server access by IP (the file has no keyword listing allowed addresses; effect unclear, ISS-112); answer only requests for the listed host names (`"*"` = any; the help recommends listing only the allowed names). |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### WFL process files (§4.4)
|
### WFL process files (§4.4)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -213,5 +184,4 @@ setup mentioned in §4 is not in `jwuiisg.sup` (ISS-017). Same *Information* tex
|
||||||
## See also
|
## See also
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Remote Connect install and web ports: `IM36K01C10-01EN.md` §2.4; firewall: `IM36K01C30-01EN.md`.
|
- Remote Connect install and web ports: `IM36K01C10-01EN.md` §2.4; firewall: `IM36K01C30-01EN.md`.
|
||||||
- Gateway configuration: `IM36K10J10-01EN.md` (J10 §3.2.6 in the 5th Edition).
|
|
||||||
- Displays, alarm overview component, map viewer: Edit Module (phase 10).
|
- Displays, alarm overview component, map viewer: Edit Module (phase 10).
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +1,22 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10R20-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10R20-01EN
|
||||||
title: Setup File Editor
|
title: Setup File Editor
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (first written from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: from docs; launcher, file location and metadata keywords checked read-only on the R1.03 test system (2026-09-30) and on the R1.05 test server (2026-10-08); editor GUI checked on R1.03 only (R1.05 awaiting user verification, ISS-113)
|
status: from docs; launcher, file location and metadata keywords checked read-only on the test system (2026-09-30)
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Setup File Editor (R1.05)
|
# Setup File Editor (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What setup files are, how the Setup File Editor shows and changes them, and the comment
|
What setup files are, how the Setup File Editor shows and changes them, and the comment
|
||||||
keywords (metadata) inside a setup file that the editor reads to build its forms. Section
|
keywords (metadata) inside a setup file that the editor reads to build its forms. Section
|
||||||
numbers refer to the manual.
|
numbers refer to the manual.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**R1.03 to R1.05 (full text diff, 2026-10-08):** there is no R1.04 edition; the 4th Edition
|
|
||||||
(R1.05) only adds contact information (one punctuation change). Section numbering
|
|
||||||
unchanged. Installed software: the launcher `fsuedit.cmd` starts the same Java class and
|
|
||||||
only adds `tls\exe\lib\*` to the class path; the installed setup files use exactly the same
|
|
||||||
set of metadata keywords and the same seven argument kinds as in R1.03.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. Setup files (§1)
|
## 1. Setup files (§1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- CI Server reads its setup files (`*.sup`) **at startup**. Installed files hold the default
|
- CI Server reads its setup files (`*.sup`) **at startup**. Installed files hold the default
|
||||||
values; change a value, then **restart CI Server** for it to take effect.
|
values; change a value, then **restart CI Server** for it to take effect.
|
||||||
- Location: `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup` (about 200 files on the R1.03 test system and on the
|
- Location: `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\sup` (about 200 files on the test system). Plain text.
|
||||||
R1.05 test server). Plain text.
|
|
||||||
- Lines starting with `!` are comments/metadata; the other lines are the active settings,
|
- Lines starting with `!` are comments/metadata; the other lines are the active settings,
|
||||||
normally `KEYWORD = value[, value…]`.
|
normally `KEYWORD = value[, value…]`.
|
||||||
- The editor does not handle non-ASCII text (it is shown garbled), so labels cannot be
|
- The editor does not handle non-ASCII text (it is shown garbled), so labels cannot be
|
||||||
|
|
@ -31,8 +24,8 @@ set of metadata keywords and the same seven argument kinds as in R1.03.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 2. Using the editor (§2)
|
## 2. Using the editor (§2)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Start: Start menu *CI Server → Setup File Editor* (on the R1.03 and R1.05 test systems
|
- Start: Start menu *CI Server → Setup File Editor* (on the test system this runs
|
||||||
this runs `%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\com\fsuedit.cmd`, a Java program).
|
`%TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\com\fsuedit.cmd`, a Java program).
|
||||||
- Main window: tabs *Setup Files* and *Templates* (the latter not in the manual, ISS-016);
|
- Main window: tabs *Setup Files* and *Templates* (the latter not in the manual, ISS-016);
|
||||||
the list shows file name, description and status: *Default* when the active values equal
|
the list shows file name, description and status: *Default* when the active values equal
|
||||||
the file's `!DEFAULT` block, *Changed* when any differs (ISS-016).
|
the file's `!DEFAULT` block, *Changed* when any differs (ISS-016).
|
||||||
|
|
@ -110,19 +103,4 @@ A full template and examples are in §3.4 and Appendix 1 (`odbsrv.sup`).
|
||||||
*Undo Field* / *Reset Field* buttons and a status bar, none of them in the manual
|
*Undo Field* / *Reset Field* buttons and a status bar, none of them in the manual
|
||||||
(ISS-016).
|
(ISS-016).
|
||||||
- Some installed files have no `!DESCRIPTION` (e.g. `adtini.sup`, `almini.sup`,
|
- Some installed files have no `!DESCRIPTION` (e.g. `adtini.sup`, `almini.sup`,
|
||||||
`durini.sup`, `itmini.sup`); they show as "(Unknown)" in the list. Same on R1.05.
|
`durini.sup`, `itmini.sup`); they show as "(Unknown)" in the list.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## R1.05 notes (2026-10-08, read-only)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- Launcher and Start-menu entry *CI Server › Setup File Editor* present; class path change
|
|
||||||
only (see above). The GUI was not opened (no GUI access to the R1.05 test server): the
|
|
||||||
R1.03 findings (*OK* writes at once, *Templates* tab, *Status* column, *Reset Field*)
|
|
||||||
are awaiting user verification (ISS-113).
|
|
||||||
- Metadata quirks in the R1.05 `jwuiisg.sup` (ISS-112): two new keyword blocks
|
|
||||||
(`SERVER_FILE_CACHE`, `RECONNECT_TIMEOUT_OVERRIDE`) end with `!ENDKEYWORD!`; the
|
|
||||||
`!DEFAULT` block writes `SERVER_FILE_CACHE=0` without spaces; `RECONNECT_TIMEOUT_OVERRIDE`
|
|
||||||
has neither an active line nor a default line; `!KIND` is written in capitals
|
|
||||||
(`NUMBER`, `SWITCH`), as in older blocks of the same file. How the editor shows these is
|
|
||||||
not yet checked.
|
|
||||||
- Templates (`tls\tpl`, the editor's *Templates* tab) use the same metadata, e.g. the new
|
|
||||||
`eqtfrcscn.tpl` has `!DESCRIPTION` and two `!TAB` lines.
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
manual: IM 36K10R30-01EN
|
manual: IM 36K10R30-01EN
|
||||||
title: Graphic Display Setup
|
title: Graphic Display Setup
|
||||||
edition: 4th Edition, Feb. 2026 (R1.05); first summarised from the 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023 (R1.03)
|
edition: 3rd Edition, Sep. 2023
|
||||||
version: R1.05 (first written for R1.03)
|
version: R1.03
|
||||||
status: R1.05 re-check 2026-10-08 - full text diff reviewed (§5 below), from docs; installed R1.05 files (Layouts.readme, web client) awaiting user verification. R1.03 results - HTML display (Mobile Operator) and a project layout (CIENG_Operator) verified in the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display 2026-10-01; sample operator HMI with tab set, popup layout and per-user layout verified on both clients 2026-10-06; dataset forms, form language and dual screen from docs
|
status: HTML display (Mobile Operator) and a project layout (CIENG_Operator) verified in the Operator Interface (desktop) and the HTML display 2026-10-01; sample operator HMI with tab set, popup layout and per-user layout verified on both clients 2026-10-06; dataset forms, form language and dual screen from docs
|
||||||
---
|
---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Graphic Display Setup (R1.05)
|
# Graphic Display Setup (R1.03)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
How the operator interface is framed (layouts), how custom dataset forms are added, and how
|
How the operator interface is framed (layouts), how custom dataset forms are added, and how
|
||||||
displays run in a web browser (HTML display, "Mobile Operator"). Section numbers refer to the
|
displays run in a web browser (HTML display, "Mobile Operator"). Section numbers refer to the
|
||||||
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ manual. Building displays: `IM36K10C50-01EN.md`; AOG library: `IM36K10C60-01EN.m
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 1. Files and folders (installed)
|
## 1. Files and folders (installed)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| What | Where (`%TLS_WAP_PATH%` = `C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\wap` on the R1.03 machine; the R1.05 test server has its data root under `C:\Yokogawa\CIServer\tls` - read `set TLS`) |
|
| What | Where (`%TLS_WAP_PATH%` = `C:\Users\Public\Yokogawa\tls\wap`) |
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|---|---|
|
||||||
| Displays (operator interface) | `cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\displays\<name>.xml` (plus `.lck` while open in the Edit Module, `.autosave`) |
|
| Displays (operator interface) | `cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\displays\<name>.xml` (plus `.lck` while open in the Edit Module, `.autosave`) |
|
||||||
| Symbols | `cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\symbols\` (≈ 3100 files incl. the AOG library) |
|
| Symbols | `cfg\operatorInterfaces\DEPLOY\symbols\` (≈ 3100 files incl. the AOG library) |
|
||||||
|
|
@ -74,13 +74,10 @@ property files and language codes (§3.5).
|
||||||
- Open: `http(s)://<host>:8080|8443/mobileoperator?d=<display>&l=<layout>&u=<user>` or *Open* of
|
- Open: `http(s)://<host>:8080|8443/mobileoperator?d=<display>&l=<layout>&u=<user>` or *Open* of
|
||||||
*Mobile Operator* on the Remote Connect page. Login with a CI Server user (manual, or SSO via
|
*Mobile Operator* on the Remote Connect page. Login with a CI Server user (manual, or SSO via
|
||||||
`https://<host>:8443/auth/mbl`); user profile fields used: password, authorization group, ASA,
|
`https://<host>:8443/auth/mbl`); user profile fields used: password, authorization group, ASA,
|
||||||
shelving group, process areas, logoff timeout, deployment, **layout**, initial display,
|
shelving group, process areas, logoff timeout, deployment, initial display, locale (layout
|
||||||
locale; not supported: destinations, playback, and (R1.03 only) enterprise - R1.05 marks the
|
not, per this manual). **Installed software**: the profile's *Layout* is used as well - a
|
||||||
*Enterprise* settings as supported (§4.4). The earlier note "layout not" was a misreading of
|
logon as `CIENG` without `?l=` opened `CIENG_Operator` (2026-10-06, ISS-074). Login control:
|
||||||
a garbled text extraction: the table marks *Layout* as supported in R1.03 and R1.05, as the
|
`dssana.sup` interface *mobile operator*.
|
||||||
installed software showed (a logon as `CIENG` without `?l=` opened `CIENG_Operator`,
|
|
||||||
2026-10-06; ISS-074, ISS-095). Login control: `dssana.sup` interface *mobile operator* (the
|
|
||||||
R1.03 manual misspelt the file as `dssna.sup` in §4.5; fixed in R1.05).
|
|
||||||
- **Verified (2026-10-01)**: `http://localhost:8080/mobileoperator/?d=CIENG_Tank` showed the operator
|
- **Verified (2026-10-01)**: `http://localhost:8080/mobileoperator/?d=CIENG_Tank` showed the operator
|
||||||
frame (menu, navigation buttons, alarm banner, status line) and the display; the number field
|
frame (menu, navigation buttons, alarm banner, status line) and the display; the number field
|
||||||
updated live; the alarm overview listed the sample's alarms. **Reloading the browser page ends
|
updated live; the alarm overview listed the sample's alarms. **Reloading the browser page ends
|
||||||
|
|
@ -89,34 +86,11 @@ property files and language codes (§3.5).
|
||||||
- Differences from the Java operator interface (§4.7): layout windows live inside the browser
|
- Differences from the Java operator interface (§4.7): layout windows live inside the browser
|
||||||
window (no resizing of embedded layouts); displays need explicit width/height; names are
|
window (no resizing of embedded layouts); displays need explicit width/height; names are
|
||||||
case-sensitive; zoom and pan not supported; some mouse/keyboard events and actions missing;
|
case-sensitive; zoom and pan not supported; some mouse/keyboard events and actions missing;
|
||||||
no enterprise displays in R1.03 (§4.7.15 *Enterprise Solution*, removed in R1.05, §5).
|
no enterprise displays. Components supported (§4.8): alarm overview, display, group, symbol,
|
||||||
Components supported (§4.8): alarm overview, display, group, symbol, trend, visibility
|
trend, visibility group/layer, parameters, web browser (with listed properties).
|
||||||
group/layer, parameters, web browser (with listed properties).
|
|
||||||
- Full screen F11, Chrome shortcuts or `chrome.exe --app=http://<host>:<port>`.
|
- Full screen F11, Chrome shortcuts or `chrome.exe --app=http://<host>:<port>`.
|
||||||
- **Test system**: the HTML trend of `CIENG_Tank` (removed from the sample 2026-10-06) drew no line although history existed; browser
|
- **Test system**: the HTML trend of `CIENG_Tank` (removed from the sample 2026-10-06) drew no line although history existed; browser
|
||||||
console `Mismatch between number of labels … and number of columns in array (51)` (ISS-041).
|
console `Mismatch between number of labels … and number of columns in array (51)` (ISS-041).
|
||||||
Cause (2026-10-02): the web trend code always builds 50 data columns, so a trend draws only
|
Cause (2026-10-02): the web trend code always builds 50 data columns, so a trend draws only
|
||||||
with 50 visible pens; workaround `add_trend_spares.ps1`, details and web/desktop differences in
|
with 50 visible pens; workaround `add_trend_spares.ps1`, details and web/desktop differences in
|
||||||
skill `graphics`, `tasks/trend.md` §6. R1.05 web client not checked yet (ISS-096).
|
skill `graphics`, `tasks/trend.md` §6.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## 5. Changes in R1.05 (from docs, full text diff 2026-10-08)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The revision table lists only R1.05 §4.8 (Enterprise Operation properties) and §4.10
|
|
||||||
(restrictions); there is no R1.04 edition entry. The diff shows:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- **Enterprise operation on the HTML display**: §4.7.15 *Enterprise Solution* ("not supported
|
|
||||||
on the HTML display") removed; general restriction "Enterprise Operation features not
|
|
||||||
supported" removed; §4.4 user profile *Enterprise (all)* now supported; §4.8 now marks as
|
|
||||||
supported: display primary/secondary data location and *Enterprise* flag (§4.8.3), symbol
|
|
||||||
definition *Enterprise* (§4.8.5), trend *Enterprise* (§4.8.7); alarm overview no longer lists
|
|
||||||
*Enterprise mode* as unsupported (§4.8.1). *(§4.4, §4.7 and the alarm overview are not named
|
|
||||||
in the table)*
|
|
||||||
- §4.10 restrictions: removed "Reliable Socket (automatic reconnect) not supported - log in
|
|
||||||
again after a disconnect" and "export to HTML from CI View (Edit Module over Remote Connect)
|
|
||||||
not supported"; added "HIS-TSE connection not supported by the HTML display".
|
|
||||||
- §1 layouts: `shell <where>` description reworded only; no option or command change.
|
|
||||||
- §4.5: setup file name corrected to `dssana.sup` (R1.03 text had a typo).
|
|
||||||
- Chapters 2–3 (dataset forms) unchanged.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
None of this is tested: the R1.05 test server is shared and no enterprise configuration exists
|
|
||||||
there (ISS-093).
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -53,17 +53,17 @@ screenshot.
|
||||||
| `data-access` | L45, E20 (large: REST API, OPC UA methods, information model mapper, certificate expiry, extended functions off by default), L50 dataset rename | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: skill and summaries updated, L45 section numbers remapped. Setup files, datasets, ports and certificates checked; Sample qli files unchanged. New form fields confirmed in the installed form definitions (V3); OPC UA loopback re-tested on R1.05 with the reduced sample load (V4, 2026-10-08), certificate exchange done by the user. **Not tested:** OPC A&E direct alarms, PubSub, imported information model. ISS-080–085. |
|
| `data-access` | L45, E20 (large: REST API, OPC UA methods, information model mapper, certificate expiry, extended functions off by default), L50 dataset rename | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: skill and summaries updated, L45 section numbers remapped. Setup files, datasets, ports and certificates checked; Sample qli files unchanged. New form fields confirmed in the installed form definitions (V3); OPC UA loopback re-tested on R1.05 with the reduced sample load (V4, 2026-10-08), certificate exchange done by the user. **Not tested:** OPC A&E direct alarms, PubSub, imported information model. ISS-080–085. |
|
||||||
| `equipment` | L41 (IEC 61850, item status, App. 1); IEC 104/61850 drivers moved to `eqt`/`eta` | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: Modbus datasets, setup files and tools identical to R1.03; EQT family, IEC 61850 report control blocks and upgrade steps added. Sample qli files unchanged. `eqpdbg` main info run on R1.05 (V1); Modbus loopback re-tested on R1.05 with the reduced sample load (V4, 2026-10-08). **Not tested:** IEC 104 / IEC 61850 and the EQT tools (no device). ISS-076–079. |
|
| `equipment` | L41 (IEC 61850, item status, App. 1); IEC 104/61850 drivers moved to `eqt`/`eta` | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: Modbus datasets, setup files and tools identical to R1.03; EQT family, IEC 61850 report control blocks and upgrade steps added. Sample qli files unchanged. `eqpdbg` main info run on R1.05 (V1); Modbus loopback re-tested on R1.05 with the reduced sample load (V4, 2026-10-08). **Not tested:** IEC 104 / IEC 61850 and the EQT tools (no device). ISS-076–079. |
|
||||||
| pyTOOLS (new) | P40 new | not started | No skill yet. |
|
| pyTOOLS (new) | P40 new | not started | No skill yet. |
|
||||||
| `graphics` | C50, C60, R30; unlisted: Generic Functions rename, enterprise on the HTML display, R30 §4.10 restrictions | re-checked (from docs) | 2026-10-08: full diff, skill and summaries moved to R1.05. No display or layout touched on the shared server. **Awaiting user verification:** installed-file comparison, `jwuiutl --help`, web trend pen limit (V5; ISS-092, 094, 096, 097). **Not tested:** enterprise HTML display, RDP Connect, Password Check, custom acknowledgement (ISS-093, 098, 099). |
|
| `graphics` | C50, C60, R30 (small) | manual diff read | |
|
||||||
| `history-management` | C40 §4.2 (REST API, pyTOOLS; C API dropped); L20, L35 wording only | re-checked (from docs and file hashes) | 2026-10-08: history setup files and dataset definitions identical to R1.03; REST/pyTOOLS cross-linked to `data-access` / P40. **Awaiting user verification:** `hisdbg` read-only options and the changed start scripts (V6; ISS-100, 101). **Not tested:** storage groups, aggregation, `ITEM_HISTORY` reads (restart needed, ISS-103); archive. Note: `tlsdnetapi.dll` (.NET API) is no longer in `tls\exe` on R1.05. |
|
| `history-management` | C40 §4.2 (REST API, pyTOOLS) | manual diff read | The REST API itself is described in skill `data-access` (L45 ch. 4); link to it from here. |
|
||||||
| `portal-setup` | R10 §3.1 ISO, §3.3; R20 punctuation only | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: setup-file reads, web ports 8080/8443, Remote Connect page, security headers and CSP verified on R1.05; new `jwuiisg.sup` keywords and `dur.sup` gateway core documented (ISS-108–111). **Awaiting user verification:** Setup File Editor GUI (V7; ISS-112, 113). **Not tested:** separate CI Portal node, gateway core, setup-file changes (shared server), CSP effect on displays. |
|
| `portal-setup` | R10 §3.3 | manual diff read | |
|
||||||
| `system-management` | J10 §2.9.1, new §3.2.6 gateway (unlisted), §5.1; L30 wording; L50 dataset rename; P30 none | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: exports, filters, `-f`, `dsschk -e -v`, `durwfp`, `umhman`, `itmval -g`, `itmdbg`, DSS compiler check re-tested on R1.05; `dssqld -i/-r`, `itmval -p` from the sample test (V4). ISS-116–123. **Awaiting user verification:** `ithloahis` (needs the full sample with history), start-script hooks (V8; ISS-121). **Not tested:** monitoring processes, gateway core. |
|
| `system-management` | J10 §2.9.1, L50 | manual diff read | |
|
||||||
| `item-engineering` | C10 §2.2; unlisted: C10 §1.1 Tools menu, string length 200 bytes (C10, G10); G10 §9.2, ch. 14–15 | re-checked (read-only) | 2026-10-08: item/section/sub-item definitions and `itm.sup` identical to R1.03; `ITEM_VAL` has 3 new fields (ISS-126); sample items and sub-items loaded and worked on R1.05 (V4). **Awaiting decision:** blocking and string writes on the shared server (V9; ISS-129). **Not tested:** G10 ch. 14–15 (no CENTUM VP, ISS-127). |
|
| `item-engineering` | C10 §2.2 | manual diff read | |
|
||||||
| `alarm-management` | none | not started | |
|
| `alarm-management` | none | not started | |
|
||||||
| `audit-trail` | none | not started | To include: `AUDIT_TRAIL` `APPROVAL_REASON` / `APPROVER` from custom alarm acknowledgement (ISS-099). |
|
| `audit-trail` | none | not started | |
|
||||||
| `authorization` | none (new `dss_ath_grp_u0104` loader) | not started | To include: `AUTH_GROUP_DF` now has `ACTION_NAME_1…250` (was 200); Password Check login method (ISS-098); `CI_NO_LOGIN` wording (ISS-125); RESTful API / pyTOOLS login methods (J10 §2.9.1). |
|
| `authorization` | none (new `dss_ath_grp_u0104` loader) | not started | |
|
||||||
| `class-object-engineering` | none | not started | Sample classes `CIENG_INCR`, `CIENG_TANK` (traditional) and `CIENG_JFLOW` (Java) loaded and ran correctly on R1.05 (V4, 2026-10-08). |
|
| `class-object-engineering` | none | not started | Sample classes `CIENG_INCR`, `CIENG_TANK` (traditional) and `CIENG_JFLOW` (Java) loaded and ran correctly on R1.05 (V4, 2026-10-08). |
|
||||||
| `high-availability` | none | not started | |
|
| `high-availability` | none | not started | |
|
||||||
| `reporting` | none (E10 item filter text unlisted) | not started | To include: new `ITEM_VAL` fields for RQL (ISS-126); E10 item search filters. |
|
| `reporting` | none | not started | |
|
||||||
| `examples/CI-Eng-Sample` | — | re-tested | Reduced load (no history group, user or layouts) loaded, tested and removed on the shared R1.05 server 2026-10-08 (V4); scripts in `shared\`. Full load not tested on R1.05. |
|
| `examples/CI-Eng-Sample` | — | re-tested | Reduced load (no history group, user or layouts) loaded, tested and removed on the shared R1.05 server 2026-10-08 (V4); scripts in `shared\`. Full load not tested on R1.05. |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Manuals, in working order
|
## Manuals, in working order
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -23,11 +23,6 @@ Close every form with *Cancel*.
|
||||||
| CI Server with PRM | No PRM | C10 summary, ISS-090 |
|
| CI Server with PRM | No PRM | C10 summary, ISS-090 |
|
||||||
| IEC 60870-5-104 and IEC 61850 (EQT managers, report control blocks, `eqtdbg`, `eqtfrcscn`) | No device and no EQT line on the server | skill `equipment`, L40/L41 summaries, ISS-076–079 |
|
| IEC 60870-5-104 and IEC 61850 (EQT managers, report control blocks, `eqtdbg`, `eqtfrcscn`) | No device and no EQT line on the server | skill `equipment`, L40/L41 summaries, ISS-076–079 |
|
||||||
| OPC A&E `OPXAES_DIR_ALM`, OPC UA PubSub, imported information model | Needs another client/server or extra server instances | skill `data-access`, ISS-085 |
|
| OPC A&E `OPXAES_DIR_ALM`, OPC UA PubSub, imported information model | Needs another client/server or extra server instances | skill `data-access`, ISS-085 |
|
||||||
| Enterprise operation on the HTML display, RDP Connect, Password Check, custom alarm acknowledgement | No enterprise setup or RDP target; displays must not be changed on the shared server | skill `graphics`, ISS-093, 098, 099 |
|
|
||||||
| Storage groups, aggregation, `ITEM_HISTORY` reads, archive | A new storage group needs a CI Server restart; no archive device | skill `history-management`, ISS-103 |
|
|
||||||
| Separate CI Portal node, gateway core, setup-file changes, CSP effect on displays | Single node, no gateway licence, shared server | skills `portal-setup`, `system-management`, ISS-111, 116 |
|
|
||||||
| Monitoring processes (`int*mon`) | Starting processes on the shared server | skill `system-management` |
|
|
||||||
| CENTUM VP virtual test, HIS-TSE connection (G10 ch. 14–15) | No CENTUM VP, no `tls\vagw` | G10 summary, ISS-127 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
## Awaiting user verification
|
## Awaiting user verification
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -83,43 +78,6 @@ form below, take a screenshot, and close it with *Cancel*:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If no OPC UA client line exists on the server, steps 3–4 need one: skip them and say so.
|
If no OPC UA client line exists on the server, steps 3–4 need one: skip them and say so.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V5. Graphics files (skill `graphics`; ISS-092, 094, 096, 097)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Read-only. Copy `C:\Users\Admin\AppData\Local\Temp\claude\C--Claude-ci-server-engineer\…\scratchpad\gfx\collect.ps1`
|
|
||||||
(kept in Claude's scratchpad; it only lists names and copies factory files) to a temporary folder
|
|
||||||
on the server, run it, send back the files it writes (`Layouts.readme`, factory layouts,
|
|
||||||
`jwuiutl.cmd`, `connectrdp.cmd`, `jwuiutl_help.txt`, AOG/symbol/component lists,
|
|
||||||
mobileoperator file list), then delete the folder. Also search the mobileoperator chart code for
|
|
||||||
`PEN_COUNT_LIMIT`. Expected: `connectrdp.cmd` present, help as on R1.03, AOG list with
|
|
||||||
`AOG_OPCUA_Methods` / `AOG_UAC_MethodArg_Call2`.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V6. History checks (skill `history-management`; ISS-100, 101)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
`hisdbg`, Enter at the node prompt, then `1`, `20`, `6`, `-1` (no other number). Expected: menu −1…22,
|
|
||||||
system groups of types 21, 6, 1058, 36, 4; clients such as ITH*, ALH, ADTSTO, LGHUMH, RPTMAN.
|
|
||||||
And `type %TLS_ROOT_PATH%\tls\com\history_start.cmd` (also `history_stop.cmd`, `item_start.cmd`,
|
|
||||||
`item_stop.cmd`); send the output to compare with R1.03.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V7. Setup File Editor GUI (skill `portal-setup`; ISS-112, 113)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Start menu *CI Server › Setup File Editor*, save nothing: Status of `jwuiisg.sup` (expected
|
|
||||||
*Default*); open it: tabs Information, General, Client communication, Enterprise, Tuning,
|
|
||||||
Compatibility, Mobile Operator, Proxy Service, Security, Access Control; screenshots of General,
|
|
||||||
Client communication and Access Control; `dur.sup` General tab shows a cleared *Gateway Core*
|
|
||||||
box. Close with *Cancel*.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V8. Start-script extension hook (skill `system-management`; ISS-121)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Needs admin and a CI Server restart, so only on a non-shared system or with approval: put
|
|
||||||
`cieng_integration_start.cmd` (one line starting `intcpumon -n intcpumon`) in `tls\com`,
|
|
||||||
restart, check `durwfp -p intcpumon -t 0` returns 0, remove the file and restart again.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V9. Blocking and string writes (skill `item-engineering`; ISS-129)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Needs a decision: temporary sample items on the shared server, block/unblock with `dssqld -m`,
|
|
||||||
`itmval -p` with and without `-o`, a 120-character write to a string item of length 100
|
|
||||||
(expected 99 characters, status 12); remove everything afterwards.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
### V4. CI-Eng-Sample on the R1.05 test server: **reduced load tested 2026-10-08**
|
### V4. CI-Eng-Sample on the R1.05 test server: **reduced load tested 2026-10-08**
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The user approved a reduced load (no history group, no user `CIENG`, no layouts/displays) that
|
The user approved a reduced load (no history group, no user `CIENG`, no layouts/displays) that
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -86,20 +86,6 @@ Skills based only on these manuals still need a quick re-test on R1.05 (installe
|
||||||
differ), but their content is expected to hold. The E10 and E30 changes go into the
|
differ), but their content is expected to hold. The E10 and E30 changes go into the
|
||||||
`reporting` and `alarm-management` re-checks.
|
`reporting` and `alarm-management` re-checks.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Unlisted changes found in the second re-check batch (2026-10-08):**
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
| Manual | Change not named in the revision table |
|
|
||||||
|---|---|
|
|
||||||
| C10 | §1.1 new *Tools* menu (OPC UA Information Model Mapper); §3.3.4 string item length max 200 bytes (was 100 characters) |
|
|
||||||
| G10 | §3.2.2 string length max 200 bytes; small rewording in §8, §13 |
|
|
||||||
| C50 | §1.5 `jwuiutl -m/-M` output space-separated; §1.7 and §2.36 HTML-display notes removed; §2.27 trend *Enterprise* supported on the web; §2.31 *Calculation/Function* renamed *Generic Functions* with documented timing; §2.32 JavaScript function timing |
|
|
||||||
| R30 | §4.4 enterprise supported on the HTML display; §4.7.15 removed; §4.8.1 alarm overview enterprise note removed; §4.10 restrictions changed |
|
|
||||||
| R10 | §3.1 setup from the ISO file (R1.04); §3.3 only a new cross-reference |
|
|
||||||
| J10 | new §3.2.6 *Gateway* configuration; §5.1 licence request wizard no longer listed |
|
|
||||||
| C40 | §4.2 remote access now "ODBC and RESTful API" |
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Installed-software changes with no manual text** (see the issues): `dur.sup` `gateway_core` and `ADTSTO` adaptive queue (ISS-109, 122); `jwuiisg.sup` redirect, whitelisting, cache keywords, security headers and CSP (ISS-110, 111); DSS processes `DSSSDARST` / `DSSSDAPY` and `dss.sup` queue sizes (ISS-117); start-script extension hooks `?*_<script>.cmd` (ISS-121); `ITEM_VAL` fields `ENG_UNIT`, `SCALE_HIGH_LIMIT`, `SCALE_LOW_LIMIT` (ISS-126); `AUTH_GROUP_DF` up to 250 actions; `tlsdnetapi.dll` no longer installed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
**Method for every manual re-check:** do not rely on the revision table or the release notes.
|
**Method for every manual re-check:** do not rely on the revision table or the release notes.
|
||||||
Run `python tools/manual_diff.py <R1.03 doc\EN> <R1.05 doc\EN> <IM>` and review every change,
|
Run `python tools/manual_diff.py <R1.03 doc\EN> <R1.05 doc\EN> <IM>` and review every change,
|
||||||
including those made in R1.04.
|
including those made in R1.04.
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue